PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES SECURED FINANCING CORP
424B3, 1996-03-20
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: MEDICAL EQUIPMENT INCOME FUND LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, 10QSB/A, 1996-03-20
Next: LYONDELL PETROCHEMICAL CO, 10-K405, 1996-03-20




Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment.  The Class A
Certificates may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time
the  Prospectus  Supplement  and the  Prospectus is delivered in final form. The
Prospectus  Supplement shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation
of an offer to buy nor shall  there be any sale of the Class A  Certificates  in
any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior to
registration or qualification  under the securities laws of any such State. This
Prospectus Supplement is provided for informational  purposes only and is not to
be copied in whole or in part. The information herein is provided only as of the
date hereof.

                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 18, 1996

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated December 2, 1994)

================================================================================

                     Emergent Auto Receivables Trust 1996-A


                                   $14,496,000
               ____% Auto Receivables Backed Certificates, Class A

               PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES SECURED FINANCING CORPORATION
                                    Depositor

                         [Logo of Emergent Group Inc.]

[Logo of Loan Pro$, Inc.]             [Logo of Premier Financial Services, Inc.]

                               THE LOAN PRO$, INC.
                        PREMIER FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
                                   Originators
================================================================================

The  __%  Auto  Receivables   Backed   Certificates,   Class  A  (the  "Class  A
Certificates")   hereby  offered  by  Prudential  Securities  Secured  Financing
Corporation  represent  the right to receive  repayment  of the initial  Class A
Certificate  Balance of $14,496,000  and monthly  interest at a rate of ___% per
annum on the unpaid  portion of such Class A Certificate  Balance.  The right to
receive such  payments is based  solely upon the  interests  represented  by the
Class A Certificates in the Emergent Auto Receivables Trust 1996-A (the "Trust")
formed pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement (the "Pooling and Servicing
Agreement"),  dated as of March 1, 1996,  among  Prudential  Securities  Secured
Financing Corporation, as depositor (the "Depositor"),  Emergent Group, Inc., as
servicer (the "Servicer") and Bankers Trust Company,  as trustee (the "Trustee")
and as backup  servicer (the "Backup  Servicer").  The Trust will also issue two
classes of subordinate  certificates (the "Subordinate  Certificates") which are
not being offered hereby.  The Class A Certificates will have an initial Class A
Certificate  Balance of  $14,496,000,  evidencing  an undivided  interest in the
Trust  of __% (the  "Class A  Percentage"),  with the  Subordinate  Certificates
evidencing the remainder.

The  assets  of the Trust  will  include a pool of  non-prime  installment  sale
contracts  (the  "Receivables"),  a security  interest in the vehicles  financed
thereby and certain other property,  as more fully described herein. The initial
aggregate   principal   balance  of  such  pool  as  of  the  Cut-Off  Date  was
$16,107,339.72.

Principal and interest will be distributed to the Class A Certificateholders  on
the 20th day of each month  (or,  if such day is not a  Business  Day,  the next
succeeding Business Day),  beginning April 22, 1996.  Distributions of principal
and interest on the Subordinate Certificates will be subordinated in priority of
payment to principal and interest due on the Class A Certificates  to the extent
described  herein.  The  "Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date"  for the Class A
Certificates is February 20, 2003.

Full and complete payment of the Guaranteed Distributions (as defined herein) on
each  Distribution  Date of the  Class A  Certificates  is  unconditionally  and
irrevocably  guaranteed  pursuant to a financial  guaranty insurance policy (the
"Policy") to be issued by Financial  Security  Assurance Inc. (the  "Certificate
Insurer").

                  [Logo of Financial Security Assurance Inc.]

THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE TRUST ONLY AND DO
NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITOR, THE ORIGINATORS, THE
SERVICER,  ANY SUB-SERVICER,  ANY SUCCESSOR  SERVICER OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE
AFFILIATES.  NEITHER THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES NOR THE UNDERLYING RECEIVABLES ARE
GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.

THESE  CERTIFICATES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS"
HEREIN AND "SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS" IN THE PROSPECTUS.

The Class A Certificates will be purchased by the Underwriter from the Depositor
and  will be  offered  by the  Underwriter  from  time  to  time  in  negotiated
transactions  or  otherwise,  at varying  prices to be determined at the time of
sale. Proceeds to the Depositor,  including accrued interest, are expected to be
approximately  ___% of the initial Class A Certificate  Balance before deducting
expenses   payable  by  the   Depositor   estimated  to  be   $__________.   See
"Underwriting" herein.

The Class A  Certificates  are offered  subject to prior sale,  when, as, and if
accepted  by the  Underwriter  and  subject to the  approval  of  certain  legal
matters.  It is expected that delivery of the Class A Certificates  will be made
only in  book-entry  form  through the Same Day Funds  Settlement  System of The
Depository Trust Company (the "DTC") on or about ___________, 1996.


                       Prudential Securities Incorporated

================================================================================
                                           
                                 March ___, 1996

<PAGE>
      IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS  WHICH  STABILIZE  OR  MAINTAIN  THE  MARKET  PRICE OF THE  CLASS A
CERTIFICATES  AT LEVELS  ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

      UNTIL 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT,  ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS DISTRIBUTION MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND THE
PROSPECTUS TO WHICH IT RELATES. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS
TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS  WHEN ACTING AS  UNDERWRITERS
AND   WITH   RESPECT   TO   THEIR   UNSOLD    ALLOTMENTS    OR    SUBSCRIPTIONS.

                   ------------------------------------------

      This Prospectus Supplement does not contain complete information about the
offering of the Class A Certificates. Additional information is contained in the
Prospectus dated December 2, 1994 of which this Prospectus  Supplement is a part
and which  accompanies  this Prospectus  Supplement.  Prospective  investors are
urged to read both this Prospectus  Supplement and the Prospectus in full. Sales
of the Class A  Certificates  may not be  consummated  unless the  purchaser has
received both this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

      The Depositor has filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  a  Registration  Statement  under the  Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,  with respect to the Certificates.  This Prospectus  Supplement and the
related  Prospectus,  which  form a part  of the  Registration  Statement,  omit
certain  information  contained in such Registration  Statement  pursuant to the
Rules and  Regulations  of the  Commission.  The  Registration  Statement can be
inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the Commission at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. and the Commission's  regional offices at Seven
World Trade  Center,  13th Floor,  New York,  New York,  10048 and  Northwestern
Atrium Center,  500 West Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661.
Copies of such  materials  can be obtained at  prescribed  rates from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20549.

                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

      The financial  statements of the  Certificate  Insurer  included in, or as
exhibits to, the following documents,  which have been filed with the Commission
by  Financial  Security  Assurance  Holdings  Ltd.   ("Holdings"),   are  hereby
incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement:

      (a) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, which
report includes as an exhibit,  the Certificate  Insurer's financial  statements
for the year ended December 31, 1994; and

      (b) Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 1995,
which  report  includes  as an  exhibit,  the  Certificate  Insurer's  unaudited
financial statements for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1995.

      All financial  statements of the Certificate Insurer included in documents
filed  by  Holdings  pursuant  to  Section  13(a),  13(c),  14 or  15(d)  of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"),  subsequent to
the date of this  Prospectus  Supplement  and  prior to the  termination  of the
offering  of the Class A  Certificates  shall be deemed  to be  incorporated  by
reference  into this  Prospectus  Supplement  and to be a part  hereof  from the
respective dates of filing such documents.

      For  further  information  concerning  the  Certificate  Insurer,  see the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements of the Certificate  Insurer and Subsidiaries
and the notes thereto incorporated herein by reference.  Copies of the statutory
quarterly  and  annual  statements  filed  with the State of New York  Insurance
Department by the Certificate Insurer are available upon request to the State of
New York Insurance Department.

                          REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

      Monthly and annual reports  concerning  the Class A  Certificates  and the
Trust will be sent by the Trustee to the Class A Certificateholders.  So long as
any Class A Certificate is in book-entry form, such reports will be sent to Cede
& Co., as the nominee of DTC and as Holder of such Class A Certificates pursuant
to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  DTC will supply such reports to Class A
Certificateholders in accordance with its procedures.


                                      S-2
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.....................................................  S-1

AVAILABLE INFORMATION.....................................................  S-2

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.............................................  S-2

SUMMARY OF TERMS..........................................................  S-4

RISK FACTORS..............................................................  S-9

THE RECEIVABLES........................................................... S-10
     General.............................................................. S-10
     Payments on the Receivables.......................................... S-11
     Repurchase Obligations............................................... S-11
     Maturity and Prepayment Assumptions.................................. S-14
                                                   
YIELD CONSIDERATIONS...................................................... S-15

USE OF PROCEEDS........................................................... S-15
 
THE SERVICER AND THE ORIGINATORS.......................................... S-15
     General.............................................................. S-15
     Litigation........................................................... S-16
     Recent Developments.................................................. S-16
     The Non-Prime Credit Market.......................................... S-16
     Underwriting......................................................... S-17
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES........................................... S-19
     General     ......................................................... S-19
     Distributions........................................................ S-19
     The Accounts......................................................... S-20
     Collections ......................................................... S-20
     Flow of Funds........................................................ S-20
     Withholding ......................................................... S-21
                                             
THE CERTIFICATE INSURER................................................... S-21
     General     ......................................................... S-21
     Reinsurance ......................................................... S-22
     Rating of Claims-Paying Ability...................................... S-22
     Capitalization....................................................... S-22
     Insurance Regulation................................................. S-23

THE POLICY  .............................................................. S-23

THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSFER AGREEMENTS........... S-24
     The Trust   ......................................................... S-24
     Conveyance of Receivables............................................ S-24
     Servicing   ......................................................... S-25
     The Trustee ......................................................... S-27
     Certain Reports...................................................... S-27
     Termination ......................................................... S-27
     Amendment   ......................................................... S-28
                                                 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS................................. S-28
     Tax Status of the Trust.............................................. S-28
     Taxation of Certificateholders....................................... S-28
     Discount and Premium................................................. S-29
     Sale of a Class A Certificate........................................ S-30
     Foreign Class A Certificateholders................................... S-30
     Backup Withholding................................................... S-30
     State and Local Taxation............................................. S-30
                                               
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS...................................................... S-31

RATINGS................................................................... S-33

UNDERWRITING.............................................................. S-33

LEGAL MATTERS............................................................. S-33

GLOSSARY.................................................................. S-34

INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS.................................................... S-37


                                      S-3
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

      The  following  summary is  qualified  in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information  appearing elsewhere herein and in the Prospectus.  Certain
capitalized   terms  used  herein  are  defined  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus
Supplement on the pages  indicated in the "Index of Terms" or, to the extent not
defined herein, have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Prospectus.


Issuer.................Emergent Auto Receivables Trust 1996-A (the "Trust").

Depositor..............Prudential  Securities Secured Financing  Corporation,  a
                         Delaware  corporation (the "Depositor").  The Depositor
                         will  acquire the  Receivables  from a  special-purpose
                         finance  vehicle,  Emergent  Auto Holdings  Corp.  (the
                         "Seller"),  a Delaware  corporation and a subsidiary of
                         the   Originators   (as   defined   below),   and  will
                         simultaneously  transfer the  Receivables to the Trust.
                         The  principal  executive  offices of the Depositor are
                         located at 130 John Street,  New York,  New York 10038,
                         and its telephone number is (212) 214- 7435.

Originators
and Sub-Servicers......The Loan Pro$,  Inc., a South  Carolina  corporation  (an
                         "Originator"  or "Loan  Pro$"  and in its  capacity  as
                         sub-servicer  of  the  Receivables  it  originates,   a
                         "Sub-Servicer") and Premier Financial Services, Inc., a
                         South  Carolina   corporation   (an   "Originator"   or
                         "Premier"  and in its capacity as  sub-servicer  of the
                         Receivables  it  originates,   a   "Sub-Servicer"   and
                         together  with Loan  Pro$,  the  "Originators"  and the
                         "Sub-Servicers").  The principal  executive  offices of
                         the Originators and the Sub-Servicers are located at 15
                         South  Main  Street,  Suite  750,   Greenville,   South
                         Carolina  29601,  and their  telephone  number is (864)
                         235-8056.

Servicer...............Emergent Group,  Inc., a South Carolina  corporation (the
                         "Servicer").  The  principal  executive  offices of the
                         Servicer  are  located at 15 South Main  Street,  Suite
                         750,   Greenville,   South  Carolina  29601,   and  its
                         telephone number is (864) 235-8056.

Trustee and Backup
Servicer...............Bankers Trust Company, a New York banking corporation (in
                         its capacity as trustee under the Pooling and Servicing
                         Agreement,  the "Trustee" and in its capacity as backup
                         servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the
                         "Backup Servicer").  The principal executive offices of
                         the Trustee and the Backup Servicer are located at Four
                         Albany  Street,  New York,  New York  10006,  and their
                         telephone number is (212) 250-6540.

Cut-Off Date...........February 29, 1996 (close of business).

Closing Date...........On or about March 27, 1996.

Certificates
Offered................The Auto  Receivables  Backed  Certificates  consist of a
                         senior class offered hereby, the ____% Auto Receivables
                         Backed   Certificates,    Class   A   (the   "Class   A
                         Certificates"),   and  two   classes   of   subordinate
                         certificates  not  offered  hereby  (the   "Subordinate
                         Certificates")   (the  Class  A  Certificates  and  the
                         Subordinate  Certificates  being  the  "Certificates").
                         Each Certificate will represent a fractional  undivided
                         interest in the Trust. The Class A Certificates will be
                         issued   in   fully    registered   form   in   minimum
                         denominations  of $1,000,000 and integral  multiples of
                         $1,000  in  excess  thereof;   however,   one  Class  A
                         Certificate  may  be  issued  in  another  denomination
                         representing any remaining portion of the initial Class
                         A Certificate Balance.

                         The Class A Certificates will evidence in the aggregate
                         an undivided  ownership  interest of ___% (the "Class A
                         Percentage")   of  the  Trust,   with  the  Subordinate

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      S-4
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Certificates  representing  the remainder.  The Class A
                         Certificates  are  senior in  priority  of  payment  of
                         principal   and   interest   due  on  the   Subordinate
                         Certificates, to the extent described herein.

The Trust..............The Trust will be a trust  established  under the laws of
                         the State of New York.  The activities of the Trust are
                         limited  by the  terms  of the  Pooling  and  Servicing
                         Agreement  to  purchasing,   owning  and  managing  the
                         Receivables,   issuing  and  making   payments  on  the
                         Certificates and other activities related thereto.  The
                         Trust property includes certain  non-prime  installment
                         sale  contracts  (the  "Receivables")  secured  by used
                         automobiles, light duty trucks, vans and mini-vans (the
                         "Financed Vehicles"),  certain monies due thereunder on
                         or after the Cut-Off  Date,  security  interests in the
                         Financed   Vehicles  or  other  property  securing  the
                         Receivables,  such  amounts as from time to time may be
                         held in one or more accounts established and maintained
                         by the Servicer  pursuant to the Pooling and  Servicing
                         Agreement  and the proceeds  thereof,  the Policy,  any
                         proceeds  from  claims on certain  insurance  policies,
                         certain   rights   under  the  Pooling  and   Servicing
                         Agreement,   under  the  Transfer  Agreements  and  all
                         proceeds of the foregoing.

The Receivables........All of the  Receivables  were  purchased by the Depositor
                         from  the   Seller,   which  in  turn   purchased   the
                         Receivables  from  the  Originators.   The  Receivables
                         consist  of  non-prime  automobile   installment  sales
                         contracts  and  constitute  substantially  all  of  the
                         automobile  and  light  duty  truck   installment  sale
                         contracts  as of  the  Cut-Off  Date  included  in  the
                         Originators'  portfolios meeting the selection criteria
                         described   herein.   All  of  the   Receivables   were
                         originated   or   acquired  in   accordance   with  the
                         Originators'  respective  finance programs as described
                         herein. As a general matter,  the Originators'  finance
                         programs  target  automobile  purchasers with non-prime
                         credit  profiles  who are unable to obtain  credit from
                         traditional lending sources.

                         The Receivables have an aggregate  principal balance of
                         $16,107,339.72  as of the Cut-Off  Date (the  "Original
                         Aggregate Principal  Balance").  89.25% of the Original
                         Aggregate  Principal  Balance  were direct loans (i.e.,
                         loans  originated by the Originators) and 10.75% of the
                         Original  Aggregate  Principal  Balance  were  indirect
                         loans (i.e.,  loans  acquired by the  Originators  from
                         automobile   dealers).   Substantially   all   of   the
                         Receivables  represent financing of used vehicles,  and
                         none of the  Receivables  are due from employees of the
                         Originators  or any  of  their  respective  affiliates.
                         Approximately   98.01%   of  the   Original   Aggregate
                         Principal Balance relates to Obligors with addresses in
                         South Carolina.

                         The  Receivables  have,  as  of  the  Cut-Off  Date,  a
                         weighted  average  annual  percentage  rate  ("APR") of
                         27.61%,  a weighted  average  original  maturity  of 39
                         months and a weighted average remaining  maturity of 33
                         months.  The  Transfer  Agreements  do not  provide for
                         recourse   to  the   Originators   for  losses  on  the
                         Receivables; however, the Originators may be liable for
                         breach  of  representations  and  warranties  made with
                         respect to such Receivables. See "The Receivables."

                         The  Seller  has   represented  and  warranted  in  the
                         Unaffiliated  Seller's  Agreement that no Receivable is
                         more than 30 days  delinquent  as of the Cut-Off  Date,
                         and that, as of the Cut-Off Date, no more than 6.62% of
                         the Receivables  have been extended by the related Sub-
                         Servicers.

Distribution Dates.....The twentieth day of each month or if such  twentieth day
                         is not a Business  Day,  the next  succeeding  Business
                         Day, commencing April 22, 1996.

Class A Pass-
Through Rate...........___% per annum, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year
                         consisting  of  twelve  30-day  months  (the  "Class  A
                         Pass-Through Rate").

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      S-5
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Distributions of 
Interest...............On each  Distribution  Date, the Trustee will be required
                         to pass through and distribute pro rata with respect to
                         the Class A  Certificates  to the  holders of record of
                         the    Class   A    Certificates    (the    "Class    A
                         Certificateholders")   as  of  the   last  day  of  the
                         immediately preceding calendar month (each such date, a
                         "Record Date"),  interest distributable with respect to
                         the  Class  A  Certificates.  The  amount  of  interest
                         distributable  on the Class A  Certificates  will be an
                         amount  equal  to  one-twelfth  (or in the  case of the
                         first  Distribution  Date, a fraction the  numerator of
                         which is __ and the denominator of which is 360) of the
                         product of the Class A Pass-Through  Rate and the Class
                         A  Certificate  Balance as of such  Record  Date to the
                         extent  that  sufficient  funds are on  deposit  in the
                         Collection    Account.    See   "DESCRIPTION   OF   THE
                         CERTIFICATES -- Flow of Funds."

Distributions of 
Principal..............On each Distribution  Date,  the Trustee will be required
                         to pass through and to distribute pro rata to the Class
                         A     Certificateholders     and    the     Subordinate
                         Certificateholders  as of the related  Record Date as a
                         distribution     of    principal,     the    Class    A
                         Certificateholders'  pro rata share and the Subordinate
                         Certificateholders'  pro rata share, as applicable,  of
                         the amount  equal to the sum of the  following  amounts
                         with respect to the  immediately  preceding  Collection
                         Period, computed in accordance with the simple interest
                         method with respect to Simple  Interest  Receivables or
                         in accordance with the actuarial method with respect to
                         Rule of 78s Receivables:

                         (i) that  portion  of all  collections  on  Receivables
                         (other than Liquidated Receivables and Receivables that
                         were purchased or  repurchased  from the Trust pursuant
                         to  the  Pooling  and  Servicing   Agreement   (each  a
                         "Purchased   Receivable"))   allocable  to   principal,
                         including  all full and partial  principal  prepayments
                         (including  amounts withdrawn from the Payahead Account
                         but  excluding  amounts  deposited  into  the  Payahead
                         Account), (ii) the Principal Balance of all Receivables
                         (other   than   Purchased   Receivables)   that  became
                         Liquidated  Receivables  during the related  Collection
                         Period,  (iii) (A) the portion of the  Purchase  Amount
                         allocable to principal of all  Receivables  that became
                         Purchased  Receivables as of the immediately  preceding
                         Record  Date,  and (B) in the  sole  discretion  of the
                         Certificate  Insurer,  the Principal  Balance as of the
                         immediately  preceding  Record Date of all  Receivables
                         that  were   required  to  be   purchased   as  of  the
                         immediately  preceding  Record  Date  but  were  not so
                         purchased  and (iv) the  aggregate  amount of Cram Down
                         Losses  that  occurred  during the  related  Collection
                         Period.

                         With  respect to each  Distribution  Date,  the Class A
                         Certificateholders'  pro rata  share of such  principal
                         distribution  (the  "Class  A  Principal  Distributable
                         Amount")  is equal  to the  Class A  Percentage  of the
                         amounts in clauses (i) through  and  including  (iv) of
                         the immediately preceding paragraph,  provided, that on
                         the  Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date,  the Class A
                         Principal  Distributable  Amount will equal the Class A
                         Certificate   Balance   as  of  the   Final   Scheduled
                         Distribution Date.

                         A  "Collection  Period" with respect to a  Distribution
                         Date will be the calendar month  immediately  preceding
                         the month in which such Distribution  Date occurs,  or,
                         in the  case  of the  initial  Distribution  Date,  the
                         period  from the Cut-Off  Date  through the last day of
                         the  calendar  month  preceding  the month in which the
                         initial  Distribution Date occurs.  See "DESCRIPTION OF
                         THE CERTIFICATES -- Flow of Funds."

Subordination..........Distributions   of   interest   and   principal   on  the
                         Subordinate   Certificates   will  be  subordinated  in
                         priority of payment to interest  and  principal  due on
                         the    Class   A    Certificates.    The    Subordinate
                         Certificateholders  will not receive any  distributions
                         of interest or  principal  with respect to a Collection
                         Period until the full amount of interest and  principal
                         on the Class A Certificates relating to such Collection
                         Period  has  been   distributed   from  the  Collection
                         Account.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      S-6
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Certificate
Insurer................Financial  Security   Assurance  Inc.  (the  "Certificate
                         Insurer")  is a financial  guaranty  insurance  company
                         incorporated  under  the laws of the State of New York.
                         See "THE POLICY" and "THE CERTIFICATE INSURER."

The Policy.............On the Closing Date, the  Certificate  Insurer will issue
                         the Policy to the  Trustee for the benefit of the Class
                         A Certificateholders  pursuant to which the Certificate
                         Insurer will unconditionally and irrevocably  guarantee
                         to  the  Class  A  Certificateholders  payment  of  the
                         Guaranteed  Distributions for each  Distribution  Date.
                         See "THE POLICY" and  "DESCRIPTION OF THE  CERTIFICATES
                         -- Flow of Funds."

Transfer Agreements....The  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  as of  March  1,  1996,
                         pursuant  to  which  the  Originators   will  sell  the
                         Receivables  to  the  Seller,   and  the   Unaffiliated
                         Seller's Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1996, pursuant
                         to which the Seller  will sell the  Receivables  to the
                         Depositor (together, the "Transfer Agreements").

Repurchase and Purchase
Obligations............Emergent  (as  defined   herein)  will  be  obligated  to
                         repurchase a Receivable  if the interests of the Trust,
                         the  Certificateholders  or the Certificate  Insurer in
                         such  Receivable  or the  value of such  Receivable  is
                         materially  adversely  affected  by  a  breach  of  any
                         representation  or  warranty  made with  respect to the
                         Receivable or by a breach of certain of the  Servicer's
                         servicing  obligations  under the Pooling and Servicing
                         Agreement (including, but not limited to its obligation
                         to ensure that the perfected  security  interest in the
                         related  Financed  Vehicle  is  maintained)  or certain
                         other covenants with respect to the Servicer, if either
                         such breach has not been cured by the  Deposit  Date of
                         the first full calendar  month  following the discovery
                         by or notice to Emergent of the breach.

Servicing Fee..........Each month the Servicer  will receive a fee for servicing
                         the Receivables  (the "Servicing Fee") equal to (a) the
                         product of one-twelfth of 3% (the "Servicing Fee Rate")
                         and the Aggregate  Principal Balance outstanding at the
                         beginning  of  the  Collection  Period  preceding  such
                         Distribution  Date  (the  "Servicing  Fee")  plus (b) a
                         supplemental servicing fee (the "Supplemental Servicing
                         Fee")  equal to (i) any  late  fees,  prepayment  fees,
                         liquidation  fees  and  other  administrative  fees and
                         expenses collected during such month, plus (ii) the net
                         realized earnings on all investments of funds deposited
                         in the Collection  Account during such month.  See "THE
                         POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT -- Servicing."

Optional Purchase......The Servicer may purchase  all of the  Receivables  as of
                         the  last  day of any  month  in  which  the  Aggregate
                         Principal  Balance  as a  percentage  of  the  Original
                         Aggregate  Principal  Balance  is  10%  or  less  (such
                         purchase being the "Optional Purchase");  provided that
                         the  Servicer's  right to exercise  such option will be
                         subject  to  the  prior  approval  of  the  Certificate
                         Insurer.  The  purchase  price  will  be  equal  to the
                         aggregate  Purchase  Amounts and will be distributed to
                         Certificateholders  on the next following  Distribution
                         Date.  See "THE POOLING AND SERVICING  AGREEMENT -- The
                         Trust."

Certain Federal Income
Tax Considerations.....In the opinion of Dewey  Ballantine,  special tax counsel
                         to the  Depositor,  the Trust will be  classified  as a
                         grantor  trust and not as an  association  taxable as a
                         corporation  for  federal  income  tax  purposes.   The
                         Certificateholders   must   report   their   respective
                         allocable  shares  of all  income  earned  on the Trust
                         assets  (other  than any amounts  treated as  "stripped
                         coupons")  and may deduct  their  respective  allocable
                         shares  of  reasonable  servicing  fees.  See  "CERTAIN
                         FEDERAL INCOME TAX  CONSIDERATIONS -- Tax Status of the
                         Trust."  Prospective  investors  should  note  that  no
                         rulings  have been or will be sought from the  Internal
                         Revenue  Service (the "IRS") with respect to any of the
                         federal income tax consequences  discussed herein,  and

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      S-7
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         no  assurance  can be given  that the IRS will not take
                         contrary positions.  For state income tax purposes, the
                         Trust  will  not be  subject  to  the  New  York  State
                         Franchise Tax on Business  Corporations or the New York
                         City  Unincorporated  Business  Tax.  Investors  should
                         consult  their  own tax  advisors  regarding  state and
                         local tax consequences. See "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX
                         CONSIDERATIONS."

ERISA
Considerations.........As described  herein,  the  Class A  Certificates  may be
                         purchased by employee benefit plans that are subject to
                         the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
                         amended  ("ERISA")  or  entities  using  assets of such
                         plans. Any benefit plan fiduciary  considering purchase
                         of the Class A Certificates should, among other things,
                         consult  with its  counsel in  determining  whether all
                         required  conditions  have been  satisfied.  See "ERISA
                         CONSIDERATIONS."

Ratings................As  a  condition   to  the   issuance   of  the  Class  A
                         Certificates, the Class A Certificates will be rated at
                         least "AAA" by Standard & Poor's  Ratings Group ("S&P")
                         and   "Aaa"  by   Moody's   Investors   Service,   Inc.
                         ("Moody's")  on the basis of the issuance of the Policy
                         by the Certificate Insurer.  There is no assurance that
                         a rating will not be lowered or  withdrawn  by a rating
                         agency  based on a change  in  circumstances  deemed by
                         such  rating  agency to  adversely  affect  the Class A
                         Certificates.  A  rating  is  not a  recommendation  to
                         purchase, hold or sell the Class A Certificates,  in as
                         much as such rating does not comment as to market price
                         or   suitability   for  a  particular   investor.   See
                         "RATINGS."

Certain Legal Matters..Certain legal  matters  relating  to the  validity of the
                         issuance  of the  Certificates  will be passed upon for
                         Emergent  by Wyche,  Burgess,  Freeman & Parham,  P.A.,
                         Greenville,   South  Carolina,   counsel  to  Emergent.
                         Certain legal matters relating to insolvency issues and
                         certain  federal  income  tax  matters  concerning  the
                         Certificates  will be passed upon by Dewey  Ballantine,
                         New York, New York.  Certain legal matters  relating to
                         the validity of the issuance of the  Certificates  will
                         be passed upon for the Underwriter by Dewey Ballantine,
                         New York, New York.  Certain legal matters  relating to
                         the  Certificate  Insurer and the Policy will be passed
                         upon for the Certificate  Insurer by Dewey  Ballantine,
                         New York, New York.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      S-8
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

     Prospective  Certificateholders  should consider,  among other things,  the
following factors in connection with the purchase of the Class A Certificates:

     The Originators' Underwriting Process and Subjective Credit Standards.  The
underwriting  standards  applied by the  Originators  may not be as stringent as
those of the "captive" finance companies of motor vehicle manufacturers or other
financial  institutions since the Originators  originate and purchase automobile
installment  sale  contracts  which may not meet the  credit  standards  of such
traditional primary lenders. The Originators'  respective finance programs focus
on the non-prime  market  including  obligors with non-prime credit profiles who
may not be  able  to  receive  financing  from  more  traditional  sources.  The
Originators'  credit  decisions  may be  subjective.  See "THE  SERVICER AND THE
ORIGINATORS -- Underwriting."

     Limited Assets; Subordination. The Trust does not have, nor is it permitted
or expected to have, any  significant  assets or sources of funds other than the
Receivables,  the  proceeds  thereof  and the Policy.  The Class A  Certificates
represent interests solely in the Trust and the Class A Certificates will not be
insured or  guaranteed  by the  Depositor,  the  Seller,  the  Originators,  the
Servicer,  the Trustee or any other person or entity except for the  Certificate
Insurer pursuant to the Policy, as described  herein.  The Seller will take such
steps as are  necessary for the  Certificate  Insurer to issue the Policy to the
Trustee for the benefit of the Class A Certificateholders. Under the Policy, the
Certificate Insurer will unconditionally and irrevocably  guarantee to the Class
A Certificateholders  full and complete payment of the Guaranteed  Distributions
on each  Distribution  Date.  In the event of an  Insurer  Default,  the Class A
Certificateholders  must rely on any amounts  available from the Obligors on the
Receivables,  and the  proceeds  from  the  repossession  and  sale of  Financed
Vehicles which secure  defaulted  Receivables.  In such event,  certain factors,
such as the Trustee not having  perfected  security  interests  in the  Financed
Vehicles,  may affect the Trust's ability to realize on the collateral  securing
the  Receivables and thus may reduce the proceeds to be distributed to the Class
A Certificateholders on a current basis.

     Distributions of interest and principal on the Class A Certificates will be
dependent  primarily  upon the Available  Funds and amounts paid pursuant to the
Policy. The Subordinate Certificateholders will not receive any distributions of
interest or principal with respect to a Collection  Period until the full amount
of  interest  and  principal  on the  Class  A  Certificates  relating  to  such
Collection  Period and any  related  Class A Interest  and  Principal  Carryover
Shortfall has been deposited in the Collection Account.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE
CERTIFICATES -- Flow of Funds."

     Geographic  Concentration  of  Receivables  in  South  Carolina.  As of the
Cut-Off Date, Obligors with respect to at least 98% of the Receivables (based on
principal  balance and mailing addresses as of the Cut-Off Date) were located in
South  Carolina.  Accordingly,  adverse  economic  conditions  or other  factors
particularly  affecting South Carolina could adversely  affect the  delinquency,
loan  loss  or  repossession  experience  of  the  Trust  with  respect  to  the
Receivables.

     Yield and  Prepayment  Considerations.  The  weighted  average  life of the
Certificates will be reduced by full or partial  prepayments on the Receivables.
Except  for the Rule of 78s  Receivables,  the  Receivables  will  generally  be
prepayable at any time without penalty.  Prepayments in full with respect to the
Rule of 78s Receivables  (which represent,  as of the Cut-Off Date, less than 1%
of the Receivables (based on the Original Aggregate  Principal Balance)) will be
allocated based on the principal balance of the relevant  Receivable  calculated
in accordance with the actuarial method.  Any prepayment amounts with respect to
the Rule of 78s  Receivables  in excess of the  amount  required  to prepay  the
Receivable  in full will be  allocated  to interest.  Partial  prepayments  with
respect  to the  Receivables  will be  treated  as  Payaheads  until  such later
Collection  Period with respect to which such Payaheads may be applied either to
a Scheduled  Payment (as defined  herein) or to prepay the  Receivable  in full.
Prepayments (or, for this purpose,  equivalent payments to the Trust) may result
from  payments by  Obligors,  liquidations  due to default,  the receipt of such
proceeds from physical damage insurance,  repurchases by Emergent as a result of
certain uncured breaches of representations  and warranties made with respect to
the  Receivables  and the  servicing  thereof,  or the  exercise of the Optional
Purchase by the Servicer.

     The Originators  have not maintained  records  relating to their historical
experience with respect to prepayments  and are not aware of publicly  available
industry  statistics that set forth principal payment experience for installment
sales  contracts   similar  to  the   Receivables.   The  Originators   make  no
representation as to the actual prepayment rates that will be experienced on the
Receivables.   However,   the  Originators  believe  that  the  actual  rate  of
prepayments  will result in a shorter  weighted  average life than the scheduled
weighted   average   life  of  the   Receivables.   The  amounts   paid  to  the
Certificateholders will include all prepayments on the Receivables which are not
amounts   representing   Payaheads.   The   Certificateholders   will  bear  all
reinvestment risk resulting from the timing of payments on the Certificates.


                                      S-9
<PAGE>

     Certain Legal  Aspects.  In connection  with the sale and assignment of the
Receivables to the Trust, security interests in the Financed Vehicles which have
been assigned by the Originators to the Seller will be assigned by the Seller to
the  Depositor,  then by the Depositor to the Trust.  In most states,  including
South  Carolina,  such an  assignment  is an effective  conveyance of a security
interest  without  amendment  of any  security  interest  noted  on a  vehicle's
certificate of title, and the assignee succeeds thereby to the assignor's rights
as secured party. Because of the administrative burden and expense that would be
entailed in causing the  certificates  of title for the Financed  Vehicles to be
amended to note the security  interest of the Trustee as the secured party,  the
certificates of title for the Financed Vehicles will not identify the Trustee as
the secured party, and will not be deposited with the South Carolina  Department
of  Highways  and Motor  Vehicles  or other state  highway  department  or motor
vehicle registrar.  However,  Emergent will cause to be furnished to the Trustee
and the  Certificate  Insurer an opinion  of counsel to the effect  that,  under
South  Carolina  law, the notation of the lien in the name of the Trustee on the
Certificate  of Title is not  necessary  in order to  transfer  to the Trustee a
perfected  security interest in the underlying  Financed Vehicle.  Emergent will
covenant  to  repurchase  any  Receivable  if,  on the  Closing  Date,  a valid,
subsisting  and  enforceable  first  priority  security  interest in the related
Financed  Vehicle has not been  perfected  (or be in process of  perfection)  in
favor of the  Originators  and assigned to the Trust.  Emergent will covenant in
the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement to repurchase  any Receivable if, after the
Closing Date, a valid,  subsisting  and  enforceable  first  priority  perfected
security interest in the name of the Originators for the benefit of the Trust is
not maintained in the related  Financed  Vehicle.  See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF
THE RECEIVABLES" in the Prospectus.

     The   Originators   will  take  steps  in  structuring   the   transactions
contemplated  hereby that are intended to make it unlikely that the voluntary or
involuntary  application for relief by either Originator under the United States
Bankruptcy Code or similar applicable state laws ("Insolvency Laws") will result
in the  consolidation  of the assets and liabilities of the Seller with those of
the related Originator. These steps will include the creation of the Seller as a
separate,  limited-purpose  entity  pursuant  to  the  Seller's  Certificate  of
Incorporation  containing  certain  limitations  (including  restrictions on the
nature of the Seller's  business) and a restriction on its ability to commence a
voluntary  case or  proceeding  under any  Insolvency  Law without the unanimous
affirmative  vote of all of the members of the board of directors of the Seller.
The  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the Seller will include a provision that
requires  the  Seller  to have at least  two  directors  who  qualify  under the
Certificate of Incorporation as "independent directors."

     The Seller has received the advice of counsel, concluding on the basis of a
reasoned analysis of analogous case law (although there is no precedent based on
directly  similar  facts)  to  the  effect  that,   subject  to  certain  facts,
assumptions and  qualifications  specified  therein, a court would conclude that
the assets and  liabilities  of the Seller  would not be  consolidated  with the
assets and  liabilities of either  Originator in the event of the application of
the  federal  bankruptcy  laws  to  either  Originator.  If  a  court  concluded
otherwise,  or a filing  were made under any  Insolvency  Law by or against  the
Seller,  or if an attempt  were made to litigate  any of the  foregoing  issues,
delays in the distributions on the Certificates (and possible  reductions in the
amount of such  distributions)  could occur.  The Seller is not expected to have
any significant assets or sources of funds.

     Ratings.  As a condition to the issuance of the Class A  Certificates,  the
Class A Certificates will be rated at least "AAA" by S&P and "Aaa" by Moody's on
the basis of the issuance of the Policy by the Certificate Insurer.  There is no
assurance  that a rating  will not be lowered or  withdrawn  by a rating  agency
based on a change in  circumstances  deemed by such rating  agency to  adversely
affect the Class A Certificates.  A rating is not a recommendation  to purchase,
hold or sell  the  Class A  Certificates,  in as much as such  rating  does  not
comment  as to  market  price or  suitability  for a  particular  investor.  See
"RATINGS."


                                 THE RECEIVABLES

General

     All of the  Receivables  were originated or acquired by the Originators and
sold by the Originators to the Seller.  All of the Receivables were then sold by
the Seller to the Depositor,  which, in turn, sold all of the Receivables to the
Trust. All of the Receivables consist of non-prime automobile  installment sales
contracts.

     The  Receivables  were  originated  or acquired by the  Originators  in the
ordinary  course  of their  business  pursuant  to the  Originators'  respective
finance programs and underwriting  standards.  89.25% of the Original  Aggregate
Principal  Balance were direct loans (loans  originated by the  Originators) and
10.75% of the Original  Aggregate  Principal  Balance were indirect loans (loans
acquired by the Originators from automobile  dealers).  Substantially all of the
Receivables  represent  financing of used vehicles,  and none of the Receivables
are due from employees of the Originators or any of their respective affiliates.


                                      S-10
<PAGE>

The  Receivables  have,  as of the  Cut-Off  Date,  a  weighted  average  APR of
approximately  27.61%, a weighted  average original  maturity of 39 months and a
weighted average remaining maturity of 33 months.

     The Originators'  underwriting standards emphasize (a) obligors with stable
sources of income; (b) a debt-to-income ratio that is less than 50%; (c) primary
transportation vehicles; and (d) contracts wherein the Amount Financed generally
does not exceed 110% of the National  Automobile Dealers  Association  wholesale
value. The Receivables were selected  according to several  criteria,  including
the following: each Receivable (i) was originated in the United States, (ii) has
a contractual  APR that exceeds 17%, (iii)  provides for level monthly  payments
which provide interest at the APR and fully amortize the Amount Financed over an
original term no greater than 72 months,  (iv) is not more than 30 days past due
as of the Cut-Off Date, (v) is attributable to the funding or purchase of a used
automobile,  light duty truck,  van or mini-van and (vi) has a remaining term of
not more than 70 months. No selection  procedures  believed to be adverse to the
Certificateholders  were utilized in selecting the  Receivables  conveyed to the
Trust.

Payments on the Receivables

     Greater than 99% of the Receivables  provide for the allocation of payments
according to the simple  interest method ("Simple  Interest  Receivables").  The
remaining  Receivables  provide for the allocation of payments  according to the
"sum of periodic  balances" or "sum of monthly  payments"  method  ("Rule of 78s
Receivables").   Except  as  otherwise  described,   a  scheduled  payment  (the
"Scheduled  Payment") on each  Receivable is a fixed level monthly  payment that
will amortize the full amount of the Receivable  over its term assuming,  in the
case of each  Simple  Interest  Receivable,  that the  Obligor  does not pay any
installment after its due date.

     Payments on Simple Interest  Receivables  will be applied first to interest
accrued through the date  immediately  preceding the date of payment and then to
unpaid principal.  Accordingly, if an Obligor pays an installment before its due
date,  the portion of the payment  allocable to interest for the payment  period
will be less than if the payment  had been made on the due date,  the portion of
the payment  applied to reduce the  principal  balance  will be  correspondingly
greater,  and  the  principal  balance  will  be  amortized  more  rapidly  than
scheduled. Conversely, if an Obligor pays an installment after its due date, the
portion of the  payment  allocable  to interest  for the payment  period will be
greater  than if the payment  had been made on the due date,  the portion of the
payment applied to reduce the principal  balance will be  correspondingly  less,
and the principal balance will be amortized more slowly than scheduled, in which
case a larger portion of the principal balance may be due on the Final Scheduled
Distribution Date.

     A Rule of 78s  Receivable  provides  for the  payment  by the  Obligor of a
specified  total  amount of  payments,  payable in monthly  installments  on the
related due date, which total represents the Amount Financed and finance charges
in an  amount  calculated  on the  basis  of a  stated  APR for the term of such
Receivable.  The amount of each  Scheduled  Payment is  calculated in accordance
with the Rule of 78s.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the rate at which  such
amount of finance  charges is earned  and,  correspondingly,  the amount of each
Scheduled Payment allocated to reduction of the outstanding principal balance of
a Rule of 78s Receivable is calculated in accordance  with the actuarial  method
and all payments (other than partial prepayments)  received by the Sub-Servicers
on or in respect of the Rule of 78s  Receivables  will be allocated  pursuant to
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement on an actuarial basis.

Repurchase Obligations

     If any of the representations and warranties made by the related Originator
with respect to the related  Receivables or to the related Financed  Vehicles is
breached in a manner that materially and adversely  affects the interests of the
Trust, the  Certificateholders  or the Certificate  Insurer in, or the value of,
such Receivable, Emergent shall, unless such breach shall have been cured in all
material  respects,  purchase such Receivable  from the Trust.  Emergent will be
obligated  to  repurchase  such  Receivable  if such  breach is not cured by the
Deposit Date of the first full  calendar  month  following  the  discovery by or
notice to Emergent of the breach.

     In  addition,  the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  provides  that if the
Servicer  breaches  certain of its servicing  obligations  under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement (including, but not limited to its obligation to ensure that
the perfected  security interest in the related Financed Vehicles is maintained)
or certain other  covenants with regard to the Servicer,  in each case only in a
manner that  materially  and adversely  affects the interests of the Trust,  the
Certificateholders  and  the  Certificate  Insurer  in,  or the  value  of,  any
Receivable,  Emergent  shall,  unless such  breach  shall have been cured in all
material  respects,  purchase such Receivable from the Trust by the Deposit Date
of the  first  full  calendar  month  following  the  discovery  by or notice to
Emergent of the breach.

                                      S-11
<PAGE>

     The  composition,   distribution  by  APR,  geographical  distribution  and
distribution by remaining term of the  Receivables,  all as of the Cut-Off Date,
are as set forth in the following tables.


                         Composition of the Receivables

                                                                      Total Pool
                                                                     Receivables
                                                                     -----------

Aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance .....................          $16,107,339.72
Number of Receivables ..................................                   3,154
Average Unpaid Principal Balance .......................               $5,106.96
Range of Unpaid Principal Balances .....................     $5.45 to $18,523.29
Weighted Average APR(1).................................                  27.61%
Range of APRs ..........................................        17.82% to 45.99%
Weighted Average Original Maturity(1) ..................               39 months
Range of Original Maturities ...........................   4 months to 72 months
Weighted Average Stated Remaining Maturity(1) ..........               33 months
Range of Stated Remaining Maturities ...................   2 months to 70 months

- ----------
(1)  Weighted by Aggregate Principal Balance as of the Cut-Off Date.


                     Distribution of the Receivables by APR


                                             Unpaid             % of Aggregate
                           Number of        Principal          Unpaid Principal
Range of APRs             Receivables        Balance                Balance
- -------------             -----------   ----------------       ----------------
17.01 - 18.00%...........       175     $   1,127,793.24              7.00%
18.01 - 19.00............        20           118,377.02              0.73
19.01 - 20.00............        40           220,572.44              1.37
20.01 - 21.00............        44           227,739.82              1.41
21.01 - 22.00............        25           140,544.89              0.87
22.01 - 23.00............         9            38,304.48              0.24
23.01 - 24.00............       195           948,251.75              5.89
24.01 - 25.00............        64           454,280.64              2.82
25.01 - 26.00............        80           502,795.47              3.12
26.01 - 27.00............       158         1,117,517.34              6.94
27.01 - 28.00............       333         1,454,463.87              9.03
28.01 - 29.00............       807         4,741,331.09             29.44
29.01 - 30.00............       777         4,001,473.16             24.84
30.01 - 31.00............        46           203,834.05              1.27
31.01 - 32.00............        65           226,512.84              1.41
32.01 - 33.00............        36           104,827.68              0.65
33.01 - 34.00............        23            71,117.03              0.44
34.01 - 35.00............        17            34,630.53              0.21
35.01 - 36.00............       190           306,621.72              1.90
36.01 - 37.00............         3             3,557.81              0.02
37.01 - 38.00............         4             3,646.87              0.02
38.01 - 39.00............         1             2,565.53              0.02
39.01 - 40.00............         4             7,616.33              0.05
41.01 - 42.00............        33            43,933.82              0.27
42.01 - 43.00............         1             2,294.00              0.01
43.01 - 44.00............         1               420.73              0.00
45.01 - 46.00............         3             2,315.57              0.01
                            -------     ----------------            ------
        Total ...........     3,154       $16,107,339.72            100.00%


                                      S-12
<PAGE>

         Distribution of the Receivables by Remaining Principal Balances

                                                Unpaid           % of Aggregate
  Range of Principal          Number of        Principal        Unpaid Principal
      Balances               Receivables        Balance              Balance
- ---------------------        -----------     --------------     ----------------
$     0.01 -  3,000.00           873         $ 1,533,451.65            9.52%
  3,000.01 -  6,000.00         1,084           4,876,837.75           30.28
  6,000.01 -  9,000.00           907           6,683,625.55           41.49
  9,000.01 - 12,000.00           260           2,589,367.01           16.08
 12,000.01 - 15,000.00            22             289,247.46            1.80
 15,000.01 - 18,000.00             6              98,097.71            0.61
 18,000.01 +...........            2              36,712.59            0.23
                               -----          -------------         -------
     Total ............        3,154         $16,107,339.72          100.00%


                    Distribution of the Receivables by State

                                                 Unpaid          % of Aggregate
                            Number of          Principal        Unpaid Principal
State(1)                   Receivables          Balance              Balance
- --------                   -----------     --------------       ----------------
Alabama                           2          $   8,263.74              0.05%
California...............         1              5,793.98              0.04
Florida..................         3             11,167.89              0.07
Georgia..................        22             83,614.55              0.52
Illinois.................         1                796.82              0.00
Indiana..................         2             10,133.42              0.06
Louisiana................         2             12,288.51              0.08
Maryland.................         1              4,272.99              0.03
Mississippi..............         1              2,346.25              0.01
New Jersey...............         1              2,154.09              0.01
New York.................         2             10,177.60              0.06
North Carolina...........        27            125,689.43              0.78
Pennsylvania.............         2              8,237.18              0.05
South Carolina...........     3,081         15,787,193.72             98.01
Tennessee................         4             19,711.80              0.12
Virginia.................         2             15,497.75              0.10
                            -------        --------------          --------
     Total...............     3,154        $16,107,339.72            100.00%

- ----------

(1)  Based on the addresses of the Obligors.


                                      S-13
<PAGE>

               Distribution by Remaining Term of the Receivables
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Unpaid          % of Aggregate 
                    Remaining Term                     Number of          Principal       Unpaid Principal
                    Range (Months)                     Receivables         Balance             Balance
- ----------------------------------------------------   -----------      --------------     ----------------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>                       <C>  
 0 less than Rem Term less than or equal to 5.......       114          $   101,517.68            0.63%
 5 less than Rem Term less than or equal to 11......       309              500,436.16            3.11
11 less than Rem Term less than or equal to 17......       447            1,146,338.16            7.12
17 less than Rem Term less than or equal to 23......       500            1,905,697.83           11.83
23 less than Rem Term less than or equal to 29......       451            2,287,183.46           14.20
29 less than Rem Term less than or equal to 35......       481            3,081,361.77           19.13
35 less than Rem Term less than or equal to 41......       395            3,017,336.70           18.73
41 less than Rem Term less than or equal to 47......       264            2,190,788.69           13.60
47 less than Rem Term less than or equal to 53......       145            1,395,768.17            8.67
53 less than Rem Term less than or equal to 59......        45              446,733.12            2.77
59 less than Rem Term less than or equal to 65......         2               17,983.03            0.11
65 less than Rem Term less than or equal to 71......         1               16,194.95            0.10
                                                         -----           -------------          -------
     Total..........................................     3,154          $16,107,339.72          100.00%

</TABLE>

                        Distribution by Auto Model Year

                                         Unpaid                % of Aggregate
                  Number of             Principal             Unpaid Principal
Model Year       Receivables             Balance                   Balance
- ----------       -----------        ----------------          ----------------
1963..........         1            $       1,611.21                 0.01%
1966..........         2                    6,700.07                 0.04
1967..........         2                    2,966.85                 0.02
1972..........         4                    5,715.63                 0.04
1973..........         3                    3,030.69                 0.02
1974..........         1                      327.23                 0.00
1975..........         3                    9,071.53                 0.06
1976..........         1                    1,589.87                 0.01
1977..........         8                   12,018.18                 0.07
1978..........         5                   17,274.13                 0.11
1979..........         7                   18,752.24                 0.12
1980..........         7                   22,713.82                 0.14
1981..........         3                   10,564.58                 0.07
1982..........        14                   35,162.67                 0.22
1983..........        31                   78,747.44                 0.49
1984..........        51                  125,890.96                 0.78
1985..........       100                  230,563.21                 1.43
1986..........       163                  411,803.04                 2.56
1987..........       246                  731,929.05                 4.54
1988..........       341                1,219,837.40                 7.57
1989..........       464                1,944,716.22                12.07
1990..........       454                2,375,793.25                14.75
1991..........       454                2,759,587.16                17.13
1992..........       373                2,554,343.09                15.86
1993..........       245                1,954,638.52                12.14
1994..........       135                1,204,644.50                 7.48
1995..........        36                  367,347.18                 2.28
                  ------               -------------                -----
   Total......     3,154              $16,107,339.72               100.00%

Maturity and Prepayment Assumptions

     All the Receivables are prepayable at any time, provided that a Rule of 78s
Receivable  must  be  prepaid  in  full.  If  prepayments  are  received  on the


                                      S-14
<PAGE>

Receivables,  the actual weighted  average life of the  Receivables  pool may be
shorter than the scheduled  weighted  average life (i.e.,  the weighted  average
life assuming  that  payments will be made as scheduled and that no  prepayments
will  be  made).  (For  this  purpose,  the  term  "prepayments"  also  includes
liquidations due to default,  the purchase of Receivables from the Trust as well
as receipt of  proceeds  from  credit  life,  credit  disability,  and  casualty
insurance  policies.)  Weighted  average  life means the average  amount of time
during which each dollar of principal on a Receivable is outstanding.

     The rate of prepayments on the  Receivables  may be influenced by a variety
of  factors,  including  the fact that an  Obligor  may not  transfer a Financed
Vehicle without the consent of the Servicer.  Any  reinvestment  risks resulting
from a faster or slower  incidence of prepayment of Receivables will be borne by
the  Certificateholders.  See also  "The  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  --
Termination"  regarding the Servicer's option to purchase all of the Receivables
as of the last day of any month in which the Aggregate  Principal Balance at the
close of business on the Record Date as a percentage  of the Original  Aggregate
Principal Balance is less than 10%.

                              YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

     Interest  on  the  Receivables  will  be  passed  through  to the  Class  A
Certificateholders  on each  Distribution Date in an amount equal to one-twelfth
of the Class A Pass-Through  Rate applied to the Class A Certificate  Balance on
the last day of the preceding  Collection Period. In the event of prepayments on
Receivables,  the Class A  Certificateholders  will  nonetheless  be entitled to
receive interest for the full month on the Class A Certificates. The Receivables
have different APRs, as set forth above. In all cases,  however, the APR exceeds
the sum of the Servicing Fee Rate and the Class A Pass-Through Rate.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds to be received by the Depositor from the sale of the Class
A  Certificates  will be applied to the  purchase  of the  Receivables  from the
Seller,  and the net  proceeds to be received by the Seller from the sale of the
Receivables to the Depositor will be used to purchase the  Receivables  from the
Originators  who will use such  proceeds to repay  outstanding  indebtedness  of
Emergent, to finance the purchase of additional automobile loans and for general
corporate purposes.

                        THE SERVICER AND THE ORIGINATORS

General

     The   Originators   are   indirect   subsidiaries   of  the   Servicer,   a
publicly-traded  company  headquartered  in  Greenville,   South  Carolina.  The
Servicer and its various  subsidiary  corporations,  including  the  Originators
(collectively, the "Emergent Companies") are primarily involved in the financial
services business, principally nonconforming residential mortgage lending, small
business lending and non-prime  automobile lending.  The Originators are the two
companies  in  the  Emergent  Companies  which  are  engaged  in  the  non-prime
automobile lending program,  in the case of Loan Pro$ since 1987 and in the case
of Premier since 1993 (the  "Emergent  Auto Loan  Program").  The Servicer,  the
Seller and the Originators are collectively referred to herein as "Emergent."

     The  Emergent  Companies  operate  in a  decentralized  manner,  with  each
business line organized into one or more subsidiary  corporations  with separate
operating managers and separate sources of funding.  Each Originator has its own
president,  and each has its own  separate  line of credit.  The  current  lines
provide  for $20 million of  "warehouse"  lending to Loan Pro$ and $6 million to
Premier.  Although both Originators are engaged in non-prime automobile lending,
their targeted  markets differ in certain  respects.  As a general matter,  Loan
Pro$ will lend to obligors with weaker credit profiles than will Premier,  which
is reflected in generally higher APRs with respect to Loan Pro$'s loans.

     Although  Emergent  Group,  Inc.  will be  named  as the  Servicer  for the
Receivables, the Servicer will engage each Originator to act as the Sub-Servicer
with respect to the Receivables contributed by each to the securitized pool. Any
removal of the Servicer will allow the  Certificate  Insurer to remove either or
both of the Originators as Sub-Servicers, as the Certificate Insurer may elect.

     Unlike the programs of many finance  companies in the non-prime  automobile
lending  business,  the Emergent  Auto Loan Program is  principally  a "direct,"
rather than an "indirect," lending program. In an "indirect" program the finance
company will typically  purchase an automobile  installment sales contract which
has previously been funded by an automobile  dealer. In such programs,  physical
inspections of the collateral (the Financed  Vehicles) by the finance company do
not occur and such programs usually involve little, if any,  interaction between
the finance company which purchases the contract and the obligor, except perhaps
a phone call for verification purposes with the obligor.

     In a "direct" lending program the automobile loan is funded directly by the
finance company in a "face-to-face" loan closing with the obligor rather than by
the dealer,  although the dealer may have recommended the finance company to its
customer.  In the Emergent Auto Loan Program, all loans are closed in the branch


                                      S-15
<PAGE>

offices of the related  Originator.  The branch offices are all located in South
Carolina, and currently consist of offices of Loan Pro$ in Columbia, Charleston,
Florence  and  Spartanburg  and offices of Premier in Anderson,  Greenville  and
Spartanburg.

     In addition to allowing the  Originators to meet the obligors in person and
to review the credit applications prior to funding,  the direct lending approach
also provides the  Originators  with the  opportunity to physically  inspect the
collateral prior to funding.

     Approximately 89.25% of the Original Aggregate Principal Balance represents
such  "direct"  originations,  with the  balance  having  been  acquired  by the
Originators  from various  dealers as "indirect"  originations.  The Originators
expect that their indirect originations will increase in the future.

     The decentralized,  direct-lending approach through the Originators' branch
office network is also  reflected in the servicing  aspects of the Emergent Auto
Loan  Program.  Roughly half of the  scheduled  collections  are  received  when
obligors  personally  visit the branch office which  originated the loan to drop
off the payment.  The remainder of the obligors mail their payments in, again to
the branch office which  originated  the loan. To maintain the degree of obligor
contact found in the Emergent Auto Loan Program,  the related Originator will be
the Sub-Servicer for the related loans,  thus allowing for continuity of obligor
contact through the branch office personnel.

     In  connection  with a  routine  audit of their  records,  the  Originators
recently  discovered certain errors in the amount of interest charged to certain
obligors.  The Originators  have taken certain  remedial actions with respect to
such  errors and have been  advised by counsel  that such  remedial  actions are
adequate and proper under applicable consumer finance laws.

Litigation

     There are no material  legal  proceedings  pending or, to the  knowledge of
Emergent, threatened against Emergent.

Recent Developments

     On March 1, 1996,  the Servicer  filed a  registration  statement  with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission")  with  respect to the
offering  of  up  to  2,987,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  (including  the  15%
"over-allotment" option granted to the underwriters).  Of this amount, 2,300,000
shares  (including  the  over-allotment  option) are being sold by the Servicer,
with the  balance  being  sold by  certain  shareholders  of the  Servicer.  The
proceeds of the offering  will be used to pay down certain  indebtedness  of the
Servicer and the balance used for corporate general purposes,  including funding
the Servicer's loan demands. The managing underwriters of this offering are J.C.
Bradford & Co., Raymond James & Associates, Inc. and Wheat First Butcher Singer.
The Servicer  expects that the offering will  commence in the second  quarter of
1996. A prospectus  relating to the  offering,  expected to be available in late
April,  may be obtained  upon  written or oral  request to Robert S. Davis,  the
Servicer's  Chief  Financial  Officer,  by  calling or  writing  the  Servicer's
principal executive offices at the address and telephone number set forth in the
Summary of Terms. The  registration  statement filed with the Commission has not
yet become effective.  These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be
accepted prior to the time the registration  statement becomes  effective.  This
paragraph shall not constitute an offer to sell or the  solicitation of an offer
to buy nor  shall  there be any sale of these  securities  in any State in which
such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful  prior to  registration  or
qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

The Non-Prime Credit Market

     The  non-prime  credit  market  includes  applicants  who often  have below
average credit profiles and are considered relatively high credit risks based on
prior  credit  performance.  According  to  the  Federal  Reserve  Board,  total
automobile  credit  outstanding  in 1993  amounted to $278.7  billion,  of which
approximately  $55.7  billion  consisted  of  finance  company  portfolios.  The
Originators  are  unaware  of any  authoritative  estimates  of the  size of the
non-prime portion of this market.

     The  non-prime  credit  market  is  fragmented  and  historically  has been
serviced by a variety of financial entities, including "captive" finance arms of
major automotive  manufacturers,  banks, savings and loans,  independent finance
companies,  credit unions, small loan companies,  industrial thrifts and leasing
companies.  Many of these financial  organizations do not  consistently  solicit
business in this credit market.  The  Originators  believe that captive  finance
companies  generally focus their marketing  efforts on the non-prime market when
inventory  control and/or  production  scheduling  requirements  of their parent
organizations  dictate a need to enhance  sales volumes and then exit the market
once these sales volumes are satisfied. Recently the non-prime credit market has
been dominated by independent finance companies,  many of which have been formed

                                      S-16
<PAGE>

in the past  two to five  years,  that  originate  loans  through  their  dealer
networks.  Such companies,  including  NationsCredit,  AmeriCredit  Corp., Trans
South Financial Corp. and various local automobile dealerships, compete with the
Originators in the non-prime credit market. Because some competitors are willing
to finance  automobiles on more aggressive  terms, the Originators face the risk
of losing market share.

Underwriting

     The  Originators'   underwriting  standards  are  intended  to  evaluate  a
prospective  buyer's credit  standing and repayment  ability and the adequacy of
the related financed vehicle as collateral.  Although Loan Pro$ and Premier each
have  separate  underwriting  programs,   they  are  substantially  similar.  In
addition,  both Loan Pro$ and Premier apply the same  underwriting  standards to
indirect loans that they apply to direct loans.  Generally,  a prospective buyer
is  required  by the  Originators  to  complete a credit  application  on a form
prepared or approved by the related  Originator.  As part of the  description of
the  applicant's  financial  condition,  the  applicant  is  required to provide
current information enumerating,  among other things,  employment history, debts
and credit  references.  Upon receipt,  the loan officer  obtains an independent
credit  bureau  report and reviews the report for any debt that is past due. The
applicant must provide an  explanation  for each  outstanding  debt that is past
due. The loan officer then attempts to verify  employment,  hire date and income
through  check stubs or with the  applicant's  employer.  The loan  officer also
verifies the payment history of an applicant's  rent or mortgage  payments.  The
loan  officer  then  reviews  the  application  and the  transaction  terms  and
physically inspects the vehicle to determine if the request for credit meets the
Originators' established guidelines.  Each loan officer must indicate in writing
why the loan should be approved. All direct loans must be approved either by the
branch manager or the assistant  branch manager of each office issuing the loan.
The branch  manager has  authority  to approve all loans up to $10,000.  Amounts
greater  than  $10,000  must be  approved  by senior  management  of the related
Originator. Upon closing of the loan, a coupon book is issued to the obligor.

     With  respect to indirect  loans,  once the dealer has  completed a funding
package,  the  dealer  sends it to the  related  Originator  with which it has a
dealer agreement.  The related  Originator funds the loan after  verification of
the final sale.  All  applicants  on indirect  loans are  contacted  by phone to
verify  receipt  of the  vehicle  purchased  and the  address  and to notify the
applicant  that a  coupon  book  will be sent to them  which  they are to use in
making payments directly to the related Originator.

     Perfection of Security Interest. Each installment sales contract contains a
clause  granting  the  Originators  or the  dealer a  security  interest  in the
financed vehicle. In South Carolina,  a security interest is perfected by noting
the secured party's interest on the vehicle's Certificate of Title. Loan Pro$ or
Premier is recorded as lienholder on the financed vehicles' titles. With respect
to indirect loans, the originating dealer is required to complete the title work
and take all the steps  required to perfect  Premier's  or Loan Pro$'s  security
interest.  The loan is  subject  to  payoff  by the  dealer  if the title is not
received with Premier's or Loan Pro$'s security interest perfected.

     Quality Control. In addition to the general quality control implicit within
the  pre-funding  review  of each  installment  sales  contract,  as part of the
post-funding  quality control process, the quality control managers of Loan Pro$
and Premier each conduct unannounced  audits,  regularly review accounts of each
branch office and verify  follow-up  procedures with respect to delinquencies to
ensure that internal controls are being complied with by the branch offices.

     Insurance.  The  Originators  require each obligor  under an  automobile or
light duty truck installment sale contract to obtain comprehensive and collision
insurance with respect to the related  financed vehicle and verify the existence
of such insurance with the  appropriate  loss payee clause before they will fund
such contract.  Following such funding,  the related  Sub-Servicer  monitors the
maintenance of such physical damage  insurance.  With respect to loans funded by
Loan Pro$  beginning  October 1995, if an obligor on either a direct or indirect
loan does not maintain such insurance, the related Sub-Servicer will force-place
physical damage insurance until the obligor renews  insurance  coverage or until
the vehicle is  repossessed.  With respect to loans funded by Premier,  however,
insurance  is not  force-placed  upon a  lapse  of  physical  damage  insurance.
Instead,  at the  time  notification  is  received  from the  insurance  company
indicating  the coverage will be dropped,  the obligor is called and a letter is
sent  requesting  proof of coverage.  If no response is  received,  the financed
vehicle is repossessed.

     Delinquency  Follow-Up,  Repossession  and Liquidation.  The  Sub-Servicers
consider  a loan to be past  due when the  obligor  fails to make a  contractual
payment by the due date or when less than 90% of a contractual  payment is made.
Generally,  all  direct  loans  five (5) to ten (10) days past due and  indirect
loans one (1) to five (5) days past due are contacted with a telephone call or a
letter,  which  telephone call or letter is documented on the computer system or
filed in the obligor's account folder. Upon an account becoming eleven days past

                                      S-17
<PAGE>

due, a "Right to Cure" letter is mailed to the obligor and a copy  maintained in
the obligor's account folder. A "Right to Cure" letter constitutes notice to the
obligor of an event of default as required by South  Carolina law,  which notice
triggers a time period  within  which the obligor may cure the default  prior to
repossession.  The  "Right  to Cure"  letter is  usually  followed  by  frequent
telephone calls to the obligor. All accounts twenty-five (25) days past due will
receive a letter  stating  the amount due,  including  any  additional  charges.
Collection  attempts focus on  identifying  the obligor's  underlying  financial
problems and on obtaining a promise to pay from the obligor.

     The decision to repossess  is  influenced  by many factors such as previous
account  history,  reasons for delinquency and cooperation.  The  Sub-Servicers'
collectors make every effort to preserve the loan as a performing  loan.  Before
the collateral is repossessed,  the loan officer must determine that the obligor
cannot or will not repay the loan by the  workout of a  reasonable  schedule  of
repayment. However, when further regular payments on the loan appear improbable,
the account is then assigned for  repossession.  The decision to repossess  will
generally  be made when the loan becomes 61 days  delinquent  and the vehicle is
generally  sold  within  60-90 days after being  repossessed.  Once a vehicle is
repossessed,  the  collections  department  follows  specific  procedures  which
conform to federal and state regulations  pertaining to the sale and disposal of
repossessed  vehicles.  Sales of repossessed  vehicles are generally  handled by
select dealerships within the branch office area.

     Set forth  below is certain  information  concerning  delinquency  and loss
experience  with respect to Emergent's  portfolio of installment  sale contracts
for used  automobiles,  light duty trucks,  vans and  mini-vans.  Delinquency is
recognized  on a  contractual  basis only.  Installment  payments  must equal or
exceed 90% of the Scheduled Payment due for a contract to be considered current.
While the Sub- Servicers'  collection  policies  generally  result in collection
activity  commencing  one  (1)  to  five  (5)  days  after  an  account  becomes
delinquent,  they do allow for loan  deferments in  extraordinary  circumstances
where the borrower has a positive loan payment history. These cases are reviewed
on an  individual  basis  and  must  be  approved  by the  branch  manager.  The
Sub-Servicers  will only permit two deferments over a twelve-month  period,  and
deferments  are allowed  only for the interest  that is due on the  account,  or
one-half of a payment, whichever is greater. Each deferment will extend the term
of the  loan  by  one  month.  The  Originators  rewrite  contracts  only  under
extraordinary circumstances.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

TABLE 1

                        DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE OF THE EMERGENT AUTO LOAN PROGRAM
====================================================================================================================================

                                                                  Year Ended December 31,
                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1995(1)                               1994                                  1993
                        ============================================================================================================
                        
                                              Percentage                            Percentage                            Percentage
                             Dollar            of Total          Dollar             of Total             Dollar            of Total
                             Amount           Portfolio          Amount             Portfolio            Amount            Portfolio
                             ------           ---------          ------             ---------            ------            ---------
<S>                        <C>                  <C>            <C>                    <C>             <C>                    <C> 
Total Originators'
  Portfolio
  at Year End              $17,673,176          100%           $8,482,924             100%            $6,011,554             100%

Delinquencies:

30-59 Days                 $ 1,658,811          9.4%           $  194,356             2.3%              $168,375             2.8%
60 + Days                  $   603,196          3.4%           $  121,202             1.4%              $403,493             6.7%

Total Delinquencies        $ 2,262,007         12.8%           $  315,558             3.7%              $571,868             9.5%

====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)  Beginning in September 1995,  delinquencies were calculated based on
     the following  month's opening date, rather than the current month's
     opening  date.  While  this  is  a  more  conservative  presentation
     compared to industry  standard,  Emergent  believes that this method
     more  accurately  reflects  the actual past due status at month end.
     The  statistics  for 1994 and 1993 have not been restated  following
     this method.
    
                                      S-18
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

TABLE 2
                        LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE EMERGENT AUTO LOAN PROGRAM
====================================================================================================================================

                                                                      Year Ended December 31,
                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        1995                                 1994                                 1993
                        ============================================================================================================
                                              Percentage                            Percentage                            Percentage
                             Dollar            of Total           Dollar             of Total           Dollar             of Total
                             Amount           Portfolio           Amount            Portfolio           Amount            Portfolio
                             ------           ---------           ------            ---------           ------            ---------
<S>                       <C>                    <C>            <C>                    <C>            <C>                    <C> 
Total Originators'(1)     $17,673,176            100%           $8,482,924             100%           $6,011,554             100%
  Portfolio
  at Year End

Net Charge-Offs           $   480,773           2.72%           $  183,228            2.16%           $  260,454            4.33%

====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)  Total  Originations  =  total  amount  of  the  vehicles  financed  by  the
     Originators plus the total cost to the Originators of Receivables purchased
     from dealers.

     Charge-Off  Policies  and Net  Losses.  Each  Sub-Servicer's  policy  is to
charge-off  an  account  upon the  earliest  to  occur of the date on which  the
vehicle is repossessed, when the related Sub-Servicer determines that recoveries
are  unlikely or when more than ten percent of the loan becomes 180 days or more
delinquent.  If the Sub-Servicers  sell a repossessed  vehicle,  the outstanding
principal balance at the time of repossession,  net of liquidation  proceeds, is
recorded as the net loss for the contract.  If, however,  the Sub-Servicers hold
the vehicle in repossessed  inventory at the time of loss  recognition,  the net
loss amount is the outstanding  principal  balance at the time of  repossession,
less  the  estimated   liquidation  value  of  the  vehicle.   Finally,  if  the
Sub-Servicers cannot gain possession of the vehicle,  the outstanding  principal
balance is charged-off.  Subsequent recoveries are taken in the period received.
All charge-offs are currently reviewed by senior management.

                         DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

General

     The  Certificates  will  consist  of  the  Class  A  Certificates  and  the
Subordinate  Certificates.  The  Certificates  will be issued by  Emergent  Auto
Receivables  Trust 1996-A,  a trust to be organized  under the laws of New York.
Only the Class A Certificates are offered hereby.

     Persons  in  whose  name  a  Certificate  is  registered  in  the  register
maintained by the Trustee are the "Holders" of the Certificates.  For so long as
the Class A Certificates  are in book-entry  form with DTC, the only "Holder" of
the  Class A  Certificates  as the  term  "Holder"  is used in the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement will be Cede & Co. All references  herein to the Holders of
Class A Certificates ("Class A  Certificateholders")  shall mean and include the
rights of Class A Interest Holders,  as such rights may be exercised through DTC
and its  participating  organizations,  except  as  otherwise  specified  in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

     The obligations evidenced by the Certificates are recourse to the assets of
the  Trust  only  and  are  not  recourse  to the  Depositor,  the  Seller,  the
Originators,  the Servicer,  the Trustee,  or any other Person,  except that the
Policy is a recourse obligation of the Certificate Insurer.

     The  "Percentage  Interest"  owned by a Class A  Certificateholder  will be
expressed, for voting and certain other purposes under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, as the percentage obtained by dividing the denomination  representing
the  Percentage  Interest  of the Class A  Certificate  by the Class A Principal
Distributable  Amount.  So  long  as no  Insurer  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing,  except  as  otherwise  specifically  provided  in the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement,  whenever  the  action,  consent or  approval of a Class A
Certificateholder  is required under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  such
action,  consent  or  approval  shall be deemed  to have been  taken or given on
behalf of,  and shall be binding  upon,  all Class A  Certificateholders  if the
Certificate Insurer agrees to take such action or give such consent or approval.

Distributions

     The   first   Distribution   Date  for   distributions   to  the   Class  A
Certificateholders   will  be  April  22,   1996.   In  general,   the  Class  A
Certificateholders  will be entitled to receive,  on each Distribution Date, the
Class A Principal  Distributable  Amount and the Class A Interest  Distributable

                                      S-19
<PAGE>

Amount. Distributions of principal and interest on the Class A Certificates will
be made by the Trustee directly to Class A Certificateholders in whose names the
Class A Certificates  are registered at the close of business on the Record Date
in  accordance  with the  procedures  set  forth in the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement.  Such  distributions  will be made by check  mailed to the address of
such  Certificateholder  as it appears on the register maintained by the Trustee
or, upon the request of any Certificateholder meeting the requirements set forth
in the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  by  wire  transfer  of  immediately
available funds. The final payment on any Class A Certificate,  however, will be
made only upon  presentation  and surrender of such Class A  Certificate  at the
office  or  agency   specified   in  the   notice  of  final   distribution   to
Certificateholders.

The Accounts

     The  Servicer  will  establish  the  Collection  Account in the name of the
Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders and the Certificate Insurer. Certain
payments made on or with respect to the  Receivables  will be deposited daily in
the Collection Account by the Sub-Servicers.  On a specified date each month and
prior to the Distribution Date, all collections relating to the prior Collection
Period will be withdrawn  from the  Collection  Account and  deposited  with the
Trustee for  distribution  on the related  Distribution  Date. The Servicer will
also  establish  the "Payahead  Account" in the name of the Trustee,  into which
early  payments with respect to Rule of 78s  Receivables  by or on behalf of the
Obligors which do not constitute current Scheduled Payments,  late fees, or full
repayments  will be deposited  until such time as the payment falls due or until
such funds are applied to shortfalls  in the Scheduled  Payments with respect to
such Receivables ("Payaheads"). Until such time as payments are transferred from
the  Payahead  Account  to the  Collection  Account,  they  will not  constitute
collected  interest  or  collected  principal,  and  will not be  available  for
distribution to the Certificateholders.

     The  Servicer  will deposit all  payments on  Receivables  received and all
proceeds of  Receivables  collected  during each  Collection  Period  (including
certain amounts from the Payahead Account) into the Collection  Account no later
than the second  Business Day after  receipt.  Emergent will remit the aggregate
Purchase  Amount of any  Receivables  required to be  repurchased by it from the
Trust to the Trustee on or before the third Business Day  immediately  preceding
the related Distribution Date.

     The  Collection   Account  and  the  Payahead  Account  will  be  initially
established  and  maintained  with  the  Trustee  so long  as (i) the  Trustee's
short-term  unsecured  debt  obligations  have a rating of A-1 by S&P and P-1 by
Moody's (the "Required  Deposit  Ratings") or (ii) such Account is maintained in
the trust department of the Trustee.

Collections

     For  purposes of the  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  collections  on a
Receivable  (other  than a  Purchased  Receivable)  which  are  not  late  fees,
prepayment charges, or other administrative fees and expenses collected during a
Collection Period are required to be applied first to the Scheduled Payment.  To
the extent that such  collections  on a Receivable  during a  Collection  Period
exceed the Scheduled Payment on such Receivable, the collections are required to
be applied to prepay the Receivable in full. If the collections are insufficient
to prepay the Receivable in full,  (i) with respect to Rule of 78s  Receivables,
they  generally  are  required  to be  treated  as  Payaheads  until  such later
Collection  Period as such  Payaheads  may be  applied  either to the  Scheduled
Payment or to prepay the  Receivable  in full,  and (ii) with  respect to Simple
Interest  Receivables,  any partial  prepayment of principal during a Collection
Period  shall be  immediately  applied  to reduce the  principal  balance of the
Receivable during such Collection Period.  Notwithstanding  the payment terms of
the Receivables, for purposes of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  Scheduled
Payments for Rule of 78s  Receivables  are required to be allocated to principal
and interest according to the actuarial method.

Flow of Funds

     On each  Distribution  Date,  the Trustee  shall (based on the  information
contained in the Servicer's  Certificate  delivered on the related Determination
Date) distribute the following amounts and in the following order of priority:

          (i)  first,  from  the  Distribution  Amount,  to  the  Servicer,  the
     Servicing Fee for the related Collection Period, any Supplemental Servicing
     Fees for the related  Collection Period, and certain other amounts relating
     to mistaken deposits, postings or checks returned for insufficient funds to
     the  extent  the  Servicer  has not  reimbursed  itself in  respect of such
     amounts;

          (ii) second,  from the Distribution  Amount, to a relevant local bank,
     Trustee,  custodian,  Backup Servicer or a collateral  agent (including the
     Trustee if acting in any such additional capacity),  any accrued and unpaid

                                      S-20
<PAGE>

     fees (in each case, to the extent such Person has not  previously  received
     such amount from the Servicer);

          (iii)   third,   from   the   Amount   Available   to  the   Class   A
     Certificateholders,  the sum of (x)  the  Class  A  Interest  Distributable
     Amount for such  Distribution  Date and (y) the Class A Interest  Carryover
     Shortfall, if any, for such Distribution Date;

          (iv)   fourth,   from   the   Amount   Available   to  the   Class   A
     Certificateholders,  the sum of (x) the  Class  A  Principal  Distributable
     Amount for such Distribution  Date and (y) the Class A Principal  Carryover
     Shortfall, if any, for such Distribution Date;

          (v) fifth, from the Distribution  Amount, to the Certificate  Insurer,
     to the extent of any amounts owing to the Certificate Insurer (whether with
     respect  to  premiums  or  otherwise)  and  not  paid,  whether  or not the
     Originators are also obligated to pay such amounts;

          (vi) sixth,  the remaining  Available Funds will be first deposited in
     certain collateral  accounts  maintained for the benefit of the Certificate
     Insurer and  thereafter  any further  excess amounts will be distributed to
     the Subordinate Certificateholders.

Withholding

     The Trustee is required to comply with all federal  income tax  withholding
requirements  respecting payments to Class A  Certificateholders  of interest or
original  issue  discount  with  respect  to the Class A  Certificates  that the
Trustee  reasonably  believes are applicable  under the Code. The consent of the
Class A  Certificateholders  will not be required for such  withholding.  In the
event that the Trustee  does  withhold or causes to be withheld  any amount from
interest or original issue discount  payments or advances thereof to any Class A
Certificateholders pursuant to federal income tax withholding requirements,  the
Trustee is  required to indicate  the amount  withheld in its monthly  report to
such Class A Certificateholders.


                             THE CERTIFICATE INSURER

     The  following  information  has  been  obtained  from  Financial  Security
Assurance Inc. (the "Certificate  Insurer" or "Financial  Security") and has not
been verified by the Depositor,  the Seller, the Originators or the Underwriter.
No  representation  or  warranty  is  made by the  Depositor,  the  Seller,  the
Originators or the Underwriter with respect thereto.

General

     Financial  Security is a monoline  insurance company  incorporated on March
16,  1984  under  the  laws of the  State of New  York.  Financial  Security  is
licensed,  directly  or through  its  subsidiaries,  to engage in the  financial
guaranty insurance  business in all 50 states, the District of Columbia,  Puerto
Rico and the United Kingdom.

     Financial  Security  and its  subsidiaries  are engaged in the  business of
writing  financial  guaranty  insurance,  principally  in respect of  securities
offered  in  domestic  and  foreign  markets.  In  general,  financial  guaranty
insurance  consists of the  issuance of a guaranty of  scheduled  payments of an
issuer's  securities -- thereby  enhancing the credit rating of those securities
- -- in  consideration  for the  payment  of a premium to the  insurer.  Financial
Security and its subsidiaries  principally insure  asset-backed,  collateralized
and municipal  securities.  Asset-backed  securities  generally are supported by
residential mortgage loans,  consumer or trade receivables,  securities or other
assets  having  an  ascertainable  cash  flow or  market  value.  Collateralized
securities  include  public  utility  first  mortgage  bonds and  sale/leaseback
obligation bonds.  Municipal  securities  consist largely of general  obligation
bonds,  special  revenue bonds and other special  obligations of state and local
governments. Financial Security insures both newly issued securities sold in the
primary  market and  outstanding  securities  sold in the secondary  market that
satisfy Financial Security's underwriting criteria.

     Financial  Security is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Financial  Security
Assurance Holdings Ltd. ("Holdings"),  a New York Stock Exchange listed company.
Holdings is owned approximately 50% by U S WEST Capital Corporation ("US WEST"),
8% by Fund American Enterprises Holdings, Inc. ("Fund American"),  and 6% by The
Tokio  Marine  and Fire  Insurance  Co.  Ltd.  ("Tokio  Marine").  U S WEST is a
subsidiary  of  U  S  WEST,   Inc.,  which  operates   businesses   involved  in
communications, data solutions, marketing services and capital assets, including
the provision of telephone  services in 14 states in the western and  midwestern
United  States.  Fund  American is a financial  services  holding  company whose
principal  operating   subsidiary  is  one  of  the  nation's  largest  mortgage
servicers.  Tokio Marine is a major  Japanese  property  and casualty  insurance

                                      S-21
<PAGE>

company.  U S WEST has  announced  its  intention  to dispose  of its  remaining
interest in Holdings as part of its strategic  plan to withdraw from  businesses
not directly involved in telecommunications. Fund American has certain rights to
acquire and vote  additional  shares of Holdings from U S WEST and Holdings.  No
shareholder  of Holdings is obligated  to pay any debt of Financial  Security or
any claim under any insurance policy issued by Financial Security or to make any
additional contribution to the capital of Financial Security.

     On December 20, 1995,  Capital Guaranty  Corporation  ("CGC") merged with a
subsidiary of Holdings,  and Capital Guaranty Insurance Company ("CGIC"),  CGC's
principal  operating  subsidiary  became a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Financial
Security.  CGIC was a  financial  guaranty  insurer  of  municipal  bonds in the
domestic market.

     The principal  executive  offices of Financial  Security are located at 350
Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022, and its telephone number at that location
is  (212)  826-0100.   At  September  30,  1995,   Financial  Security  and  its
subsidiaries had 167 employees.

Reinsurance

     Pursuant to an intercompany  agreement,  liabilities on financial  guaranty
insurance  written or reinsured from third parties by Financial  Security or any
of its domestic  operating  insurance  company  subsidiaries are reinsured among
such companies on an agreed-upon percentage substantially  proportional to their
respective capital,  surplus and reserves,  subject to applicable statutory risk
limitations.  In  addition,  Financial  Security  reinsures  a  portion  of  its
liabilities  under certain of its  financial  guaranty  insurance  policies with
other  reinsurers  under  various  quota share  treaties  and on a  transaction-
by-transaction  basis.  Such reinsurance is utilized by Financial  Security as a
risk  management  device and to comply with certain  statutory and rating agency
requirements;  it does not alter or limit Financial Security's obligations under
any financial guaranty insurance policy.

Rating of Claims-Paying Ability

     Financial  Security's  claims-paying  ability is rated "Aaa" by Moody's and
"AAA" by S&P, Nippon  Investors  Service Inc. and Standard & Poor's  (Australia)
Pty. Ltd. Such ratings reflect only the views of the respective rating agencies,
are not  recommendations  to buy,  sell or hold  securities  and are  subject to
revision or withdrawal at any time by such rating agencies. See "RATINGS."

Capitalization

     The following table sets forth the capitalization of Financial Security and
its wholly  owned  subsidiaries  on the basis of generally  accepted  accounting
principles as of September 30, 1995 (in thousands):

                                               September 30, 1995
                                                  (unaudited)
                                               ------------------
Unearned Premium Reserve (net of 
    prepaid reinsurance premiums) .........        $216,931

Shareholder's Equity:
  Common Stock. ...........................          15,000
  Additional Paid-In Capital. .............         497,506
  Unrealized Gain on Investments (net 
    of deferred income taxes) .............           7,790
  Accumulated Earnings ....................          70,177
Total Shareholder's Equity ................        $590,473

Total Unearned Premium Reserve and
    Shareholder's Equity ..................        $807,404


     For further information concerning Financial Security, see the Consolidated
Financial  Statements  of  Financial  Security and  Subsidiaries,  and the notes
thereto, incorporated herein by reference. Copies of the statutory quarterly and
annual  statements  filed  with the State of New York  Insurance  Department  by
Financial Security are available upon request to the State of New York Insurance
Department.

                                      S-22
<PAGE>

Insurance Regulation

     Financial  Security is licensed  and subject to  regulation  as a financial
guaranty  insurance  corporation  under the laws of the  State of New York,  its
state  of  domicile.   In  addition,   Financial   Security  and  its  insurance
subsidiaries  are subject to regulation  by insurance  laws of the various other
jurisdictions in which they are licensed to do business. As a financial guaranty
insurance  corporation  licensed  to do  business  in the  State  of  New  York,
Financial Security is subject to Article 69 of the New York Insurance Law which,
among  other  things,  limits the  business  of each such  insurer to  financial
guaranty insurance and related lines, requires that each such insurer maintain a
minimum surplus to  policyholders,  establishes  contingency,  loss and unearned
premium  reserve  requirements  for each such  insurer,  and  limits the size of
individual   transactions  ("single  risks")  and  the  volume  of  transactions
("aggregate  risks")  that  may be  underwritten  by each  such  insurer.  Other
provisions  of the New York  Insurance  Law,  applicable  to non-life  insurance
companies such as Financial Security,  regulate,  among other things,  permitted
investments,  payment  of  dividends,  transactions  with  affiliates,  mergers,
consolidations,  acquisitions or sales of assets and assumption of liability for
borrowings.


                                   THE POLICY

     The  following  summary of the terms of the Policy  does not  purport to be
complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Policy.

     Simultaneously  with the  issuance  of the  Certificates,  the  Certificate
Insurer  will  deliver the Policy to the Trustee for the benefit of each Class A
Certificateholder. Under the Policy, the Certificate Insurer unconditionally and
irrevocably  guarantees  to  the  Trustee  for  the  benefit  of  each  Class  A
Certificateholder the full and complete payment of (i) Guaranteed  Distributions
with respect to the Class A  Certificates  and (ii) the amount of any Guaranteed
Distribution  which  subsequently is avoided in whole or in part as a preference
payment under applicable law.

     "Guaranteed  Distributions"  means, with respect to each Distribution Date,
the distribution to be made to Class A Certificateholders in an aggregate amount
equal to the Class A Interest  Distributable  Amount  and the Class A  Principal
Distributable  Amount due and payable on such Distribution Date, in each case in
accordance  with the original terms of the Class A Certificates  when issued and
without regard to any amendment or  modification  of the Class A Certificates or
the Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  which has not been  consented  to by the
Certificate Insurer; provided,  however, that Guaranteed Distributions shall not
include  (x) any  portion  of the Class A Interest  Distributable  Amount due to
Class A  Certificateholders  because the appropriate  notice and certificate for
payment  in  proper  form was not  timely  Received  (as  defined  below) by the
Certificate  Insurer and (y) any  portion of the Class A Interest  Distributable
Amount due to Class A  Certificateholders  representing  interest on any Class A
Interest  Carryover  Shortfall,  unless,  in each case, the Certificate  Insurer
elects,  in its  sole  discretion,  to pay  such  amount  in  whole  or in part.
Guaranteed Distributions shall not include, nor shall coverage be provided under
the Policy in respect of, any taxes,  withholding or other charge imposed by any
governmental  authority  due in  connection  with the payment of any  Guaranteed
Distribution  to a Class A  Certificateholder.  The Policy also  covers  certain
payments  avoided as preference  payments,  as described in the second following
paragraph.

     Payment of claims on the Policy made in respect of Guaranteed Distributions
will be made by the  Certificate  Insurer  following  Receipt by the Certificate
Insurer of the appropriate notice for payment on the later to occur of (i) 12:00
noon New York City time,  on the third  Business Day  following  Receipt of such
notice for payment and (ii) 12:00 noon New York City time,  on the date on which
such payment was due on the Class A Certificates.

     If  payment  of  any  amount  avoided  as  a  preference  under  applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law is required to be made under
the Policy,  the Certificate  Insurer shall cause such payment to be made on the
later of (a) the date  when due to be paid  pursuant  to the Order  referred  to
below or (b) the first to occur of (i) the fourth Business Day following Receipt
by the Certificate Insurer from the Trustee of (A) a certified copy of the order
(the  "Order")  of  the  court  or  other   governmental  body  which  exercised
jurisdiction  to the effect  that the Class A  Certificateholder  is required to
return the amount of any Guaranteed  Distributions  distributed  with respect to
the  Class  A   Certificates   during  the  term  of  the  Policy  because  such
distributions were avoidable as preference payments under applicable  bankruptcy
law, (B) a certificate of the Class A Certificateholder  that the Order has been
entered and is not subject to any stay and (C) an  assignment  duly executed and
delivered  by the  Class  A  Certificateholder,  in such  form as is  reasonably
required   by  the   Certificate   Insurer   and   provided   to  the   Class  A
Certificateholder  by the  Certificate  Insurer,  irrevocably  assigning  to the
Certificate  Insurer  all  rights  and  claims of the Class A  Certificateholder
relating to or arising under the Class A  Certificates  against the debtor which
made such  preference  payment or  otherwise  with  respect  to such  preference

                                      S-23
<PAGE>

payment, or (ii) the date of Receipt by the Certificate Insurer from the Trustee
of the items  referred  to in clauses  (A),  (B) and (C) above if, at least four
Business Days prior to such date of Receipt,  the Certificate Insurer shall have
Received written notice from the Trustee that such items were to be delivered on
such date and such date was  specified  in such notice.  Such  payment  shall be
disbursed  to the  receiver,  conservator,  debtor-in-possession  or  trustee in
bankruptcy  named  in  the  Order  and  not  to  the  Trustee  or  any  Class  A
Certificateholder  directly (unless a Class A  Certificateholder  has previously
paid such amount to the receiver,  conservator,  debtor-in-possession or trustee
in  bankruptcy  named in the Order in which case such payment shall be disbursed
to the Trustee for distribution to such Class A Certificateholder  upon proof of
such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Certificate Insurer).

     The terms "Receipt" and "Received," with respect to the Policy,  shall mean
actual  delivery to the  Certificate  Insurer and to the fiscal  agent,  if any,
prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on a Business Day; delivery either on a
day that is not a Business Day or after 12:00 noon, New York City time, shall be
deemed to be  Receipt  on the next  succeeding  Business  Day.  If any notice or
certificate  given  under the Policy by the  Trustee is not in proper form or is
not properly  completed,  executed or delivered,  it shall be deemed not to have
been Received, and the Certificate Insurer or the fiscal agent shall promptly so
advise the Trustee and the Trustee may submit an amended notice.

     Under the  Policy,  "Business  Day"  means any day other  than a  Saturday,
Sunday,  legal holiday or other day on which banking  institutions  in New York,
South  Carolina  or any other  location  of any  successor  Servicer,  successor
Trustee or a successor  collateral  agent are  authorized  or  obligated by law,
executive order or governmental decree to be closed.

     The  Certificate  Insurer's  obligations  under the  Policy in  respect  of
Guaranteed Distributions shall be discharged to the extent funds are transferred
to the Trustee as provided in the Policy  whether or not such funds are properly
applied by the Trustee.

     The  Certificate  Insurer shall be subrogated to the rights of each Class A
Certificateholder to receive payments of principal and interest to the extent of
any payment by the Certificate Insurer under the Policy.

     Claims under the Policy  constitute  direct,  unsecured and  unsubordinated
obligations  of the  Certificate  Insurer  ranking not less than pari passu with
other unsecured and unsubordinated  indebtedness of the Certificate  Insurer for
borrowed  money.  Claims  against the  Certificate  Insurer under the Policy and
claims  against the  Certificate  Insurer  under each other  financial  guaranty
insurance policy issued thereby constitute pari passu claims against the general
assets of the Certificate Insurer. The terms of the Policy cannot be modified or
altered by any other agreement or instrument, or by the merger, consolidation or
dissolution  of the Trust.  The Policy may not be canceled  or revoked  prior to
payment  in full of all  Guaranteed  Distributions  with  respect to the Class A
Certificates.  The  Policy is not  covered  by the  Property/Casualty  Insurance
Security Fund  specified in Article 76 of the New York Insurance Law. The Policy
is governed by the laws of the State of New York.


         THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

     The following  summary describes certain terms of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement  and the Transfer  Agreements,  does not purport to be complete and is
subject to and  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to such  Agreements.
Wherever  provisions of such  Agreements  are referred to, such  provisions  are
hereby incorporated herein by reference.

The Trust

     The Trust  will be formed in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New
York, pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, solely for the purpose of
effectuating the transactions  described herein.  Prior to formation,  the Trust
will have had no assets or obligations and no operating history. Upon formation,
the Trust will not engage in any  business  activity  other than  acquiring  and
holding the Receivables,  issuing the  Certificates  and  distributing  payments
thereon.

Conveyance of Receivables

     The Receivables  were sold by the Originators to the Seller and sold by the
Seller to the  Depositor.  At the time of issuance of the Class A  Certificates,
the  Depositor  will  sell and  assign to the  Trustee,  without  recourse,  the
Depositor's entire interest in the Receivables, including its security interests
in the Financed  Vehicles.  Each  Receivable will be identified in a schedule to
the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  The Trustee will,  concurrently with such
sale and assignment, execute, authenticate and issue the Certificates.

                                      S-24
<PAGE>

     In the Transfer  Agreements,  Emergent will  represent  and warrant,  among
other things,  that (i) the information  provided in the Schedule of Receivables
delivered at the time of issuance is correct in all material  respects;  (ii) at
the date of issuance of the Certificates,  the Receivables are free and clear of
all security interests,  liens, charges and encumbrances other than the security
interest of the "warehouse" lender to be released concurrently with the issuance
of the Certificates and no set offs,  counterclaims or rescission by any obligor
have  been  asserted  or  threatened  nor  do  any  such  rights  of  set  offs,
counterclaims  or  rescission  exist;  (iii)  at the  date  of  issuance  of the
Certificates, each of the Receivables is secured by (or all necessary steps have
been taken to result in) a first  perfected  security  interest in the  Financed
Vehicle in favor of the  Originators,  which has been assigned to the Trust; and
(iv) each Receivable,  at the time it was originated,  complied, and at the date
of  issuance  of the  Certificates,  complies  in  all  material  respects  with
applicable federal and state laws,  including consumer credit, truth in lending,
equal credit  opportunity  and  disclosure  laws.  In the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement,   the  Depositor   will  appoint  the  Trustee  as  the   Depositor's
attorney-in-fact  with all power independently to enforce all of the Depositor's
rights against  Emergent for breach of the  representations  and warranties made
under the Transfer Agreements, including Emergent's obligation to repurchase any
Receivable from the Trust if the breach of a representation or warranty relating
to a Receivable materially and adversely affects the value of such Receivable or
the interests of the Trust, the Certificateholders or the Certificate Insurer in
such  Receivable  unless the breach shall have been cured by the Deposit Date of
the first full calendar  month  following the discovery by or notice to Emergent
of the breach.

     Emergent will deliver to the Trustee a receivable file with respect to each
Receivable containing the original contract for each Receivable and the original
certificate of title or certificate of lien.

Servicing

     The  Receivables  will be serviced by the Servicer  pursuant to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement;  provided, that Loan Pro$ will act as Sub-Servicer with
respect  to  the  Receivables  it  originates  and  that  Premier  will  act  as
Sub-Servicer with respect to the Receivables it originates.


     Each  Sub-Servicer  will be required to make reasonable  efforts to collect
all  payments  due  with  respect  to the  Receivables  and will  continue  such
collection  procedures as each generally  follows with respect to all comparable
Receivables that it services for itself or others,  in a manner  consistent with
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  If a Sub-Servicer determines that eventual
payment  in full of a  Receivable  is  unlikely,  each will  follow  its  normal
collection practices and procedures,  including the repossession and disposition
of the Financed  Vehicle securing the Receivable at a public or private sale, or
the taking of any other action permitted by applicable law.

     Servicing  Compensation  and  Payment  of  Expenses;   Prepayment  Interest
Shortfalls.  The Servicer is entitled under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement
to receive on each  Distribution  Date the  Servicing  Fee and the  Supplemental
Servicing  Fee  for  the  related   Collection  Period.  The  Servicer  will  be
responsible for the payment of any sub-servicing fees to Loan Pro$ and Premier.

     The Servicing Fee and the  Supplemental  Servicing Fee  (collectively,  the
"Servicing  Fee") are intended to  compensate  the Servicer for  performing  the
functions  of a  third-party  servicer  of the  Receivables  as an agent for the
Certificateholders, including collecting and posting all payments, responding to
inquiries of Obligors on the Receivables, investigating delinquencies, reporting
tax  information  to  Obligors,  paying  costs of  collections  and policing the
collateral.   The   Servicing  Fee  will  also   compensate   the  Servicer  for
administering the Receivables, including accounting for collections,  furnishing
monthly and annual  statements to the Trustee with respect to distributions  and
generating  federal income tax information for the Trust. The Servicing Fee also
will  reimburse  the  Servicer for certain  taxes,  the fees and expenses of the
Trustee,  independent  accountants'  fees and other costs incurred in connection
with administering the Receivables.

     The Servicer will be required to deposit in the Collection Account monthly,
from its own  funds,  the  amount of any  interest  shortfall  resulting  from a
prepayment  of a Receivable  on a date other than the  scheduled due date during
the related  Collection  Period;  in no event will the Servicer be required with
respect to any  Collection  Period to fund such amount to an amount in excess of
the Servicer's Servicing Fee for such Collection Period.

     Evidence as to Compliance. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement will provide
that a firm of independent public  accountants will furnish to the Trustee,  the
Backup Servicer, the Certificate Insurer, the Depositor,  the Certificateholders
and each Rating Agency, for the first two calendar months after the Closing Date
and if  exceptions  or errors that are required by generally  accepted  auditing
standards to be reported exist,  for each month thereafter until reports for two
such  consecutive  months  indicate no exceptions or errors that are required by
generally   accepted   auditing   standards  to  be  reported,   a  report  (the
"Accountant's  Report")  of its  audit of the  Servicer's  financial  statements
including its  examination of the Servicer's and each  Sub-Servicer's  financial

                                      S-25
<PAGE>

statements and policies and procedures as of such date. The Accountant's  Report
shall also be  submitted  on or before March 31 of each year with respect to the
twelve months ended the immediately  preceding  December 31, beginning March 31,
1997.

     The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  will also provide for delivery to the
Trustee  and the  Certificate  Insurer,  on or  before  March  31 of each  year,
commencing March 31, 1997, of a certificate signed by an officer of the Servicer
stating that the Servicer has  fulfilled its  obligations  under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement  throughout the preceding twelve months (or, for the initial
report,  for such shorter  period as will have elapsed from the date of issuance
of the  Certificates)  or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any
such obligation, describing each such default.

     Copies of such statements and  certificates  may be obtained by the Class A
Certificateholders by a request in writing addressed to the Trustee.

     Monthly Statement.  Under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer
will perform certain monitoring and reporting  functions for the Trustee and the
Certificate Insurer, including the preparation and delivery on the Determination
Date to the Trustee and the Certificate Insurer of a statement setting forth the
amounts on deposit in the  Collection  Account,  the  Payahead  Account  and the
sources of such  amounts  and the amounts to be paid to  Certificateholders  and
certain other information (the "Servicer's Certificate").

     Retention  and  Termination  of Servicer.  Under the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement,  the Servicer will act as such for an initial term  commencing on the
Closing Date and ending on June 30, 1996,  which term will be  extendible by the
Certificate  Insurer for successive  quarterly  terms ending on each  successive
March 31, June 30,  September  30 and December 31 until the  termination  of the
Trust.

     Removal of the Servicer.  The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement will provide
that the  Servicer  may not resign from its  obligations  and duties as Servicer
thereunder,  except upon a determination that the Servicer's performance of such
duties is no longer  permissible  under applicable law. No such resignation will
become  effective  until the  Backup  Servicer  or  another  successor  servicer
acceptable  to the  Certificate  Insurer has assumed  the  Servicer's  servicing
obligations and duties under the Servicing  Agreement.  The Servicer can only be
removed pursuant to a Servicer Termination Event. A "Servicer Termination Event"
under the Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  will  include  (i) the  Servicer's
failure to deliver to the Trustee in  accordance  with the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement   any  proceeds  or  payments   required  for   distribution   to  the
Certificateholders  which  failure  continues  unremedied  for a  period  of two
Business  Days (one  Business Day with  respect to payment of Purchase  Amounts)
after  written  notice  is  received  by the  Servicer  from  the  Trustee,  the
Certificate  Insurer  (unless an Insurer  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing) or after  discovery of such failure by a responsible  officer of the
Servicer;  (ii) the Servicer's failure to deliver the Servicer's  Certificate to
the Trustee or to the Certificate  Insurer on the date on which such certificate
is required  (pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement) to be delivered,
or failure on the part of the Servicer to observe  certain of its  covenants and
agreements  set forth in the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement;  (iii) failure to
satisfy certain other material  covenants or agreements set forth in the Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement,  which  covenants and agreements  remain uncured for a
period of 30 days after  notice  thereof;  (iv)  certain  events of  insolvency,
readjustment  of  debt,   marshalling  of  assets  and  liabilities  or  similar
proceedings   with  respect  to  the   Servicer   indicating   its   insolvency,
reorganization  pursuant to  bankruptcy  proceedings,  or  inability  to pay its
obligations  which  condition  remains in effect for a period of 60  consecutive
days or the  commencement  of an involuntary  case under the federal  bankruptcy
laws, as now or hereinafter in effect,  or another  present or future federal or
state  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  similar  law and such case is not  dismissed
within  60  days;  (v)  the  material   breach  of  certain  of  the  Servicer's
representations  or warranties  and the  Servicer's  failure to cure such breach
within 30 days after notice thereof; (vi) the Servicer's term not being extended
as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; (vii) certain defaults under
the  Insurance  Agreement  and (viii) a claim  being made under the  Policy.  In
addition,   a  Servicer   Termination  Event  includes  any  default  by  either
Sub-Servicer.

     Rights Upon a Servicer  Termination Event. If a Servicer  Termination Event
has  occurred  and is  continuing,  the  Certificate  Insurer (or, if an Insurer
Default exists,  either the Trustee or the  Certificate  Majority) may terminate
all (but not less than all) of the Servicer's  rights and obligations  under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Upon such termination,  all authority,  powers,
obligations and responsibilities of the Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement  automatically then pass to the Backup Servicer,  or, at the direction
of the Certificate  Insurer,  a successor  servicer appointed by the Certificate
Insurer (or, if an Insurer Default exists, by the Certificate Majority).

     Waiver of Past  Defaults.  The  Certificate  Insurer  may, on behalf of all
Certificateholders,  waive any default by the Servicer in the performance of its
obligations under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement and its consequences.  No

                                      S-26
<PAGE>


such  waiver  will  impair  the  Certificateholders'   rights  with  respect  to
subsequent defaults.

The Trustee

     The Trustee,  Bankers Trust  Company,  a New York banking  corporation,  is
located at Four Albany Street, New York, New York 10006.

     The Trustee may resign,  subject to the conditions set forth below,  at any
time upon written  notice to the  Depositor,  the  Servicer and the  Certificate
Insurer,  in which  event the  Servicer,  with the  consent  of the  Certificate
Insurer,  will be  obligated  to appoint a successor  Trustee.  If no  successor
Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted such  appointment  within
30 days after the giving of such notice of  resignation,  the resigning  Trustee
may  petition  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  for the  appointment  of a
successor  Trustee.  Any  successor  Trustee  shall meet the financial and other
standards for qualifying as a successor  Trustee under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.  The  Certificate  Insurer,  or, with the consent of the  Certificate
Insurer,  either the  Certificate  Majority or the  Servicer may also remove the
Trustee if the  Trustee  ceases to be  eligible  to  continue  as such under the
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  and fails to resign  after  written  request
therefor,  or is legally  unable to act, or if the Trustee is  adjudicated to be
insolvent.

Certain Reports

     Reports to Certificateholders.  On each Distribution Date, the Trustee will
be required to forward to each Class A Certificateholder and, to the Certificate
Insurer a statement, setting forth certain information for the Collection Period
related to such Distribution  Date based on information  provided to the Trustee
by the Servicer with respect to the preceding Collection Period. The information
provided  in such  statement  shall  include  the  amount  of such  distribution
allocable  to  principal  and the  amount  of  such  distribution  allocable  to
interest;  the Class A Certificate Balance (after giving effect to distributions
made on such  Distribution  Date);  the  amount of fees  paid to the Trust  with
respect to such Collection Period; the Class A Certificate Factor,  certain loss
and delinquency information and whether certain events of default have occurred.

     In  addition,  within  the  prescribed  period  of time  for tax  reporting
purposes  after the end of each calendar year during the term of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement,  the Trustee will be required to mail to each person who at
any time during such calendar year will have been a Class A  Certificateholder a
statement  containing certain  information  related to such  Certificateholder's
preparation of federal income tax returns.

     The "Class A Certificate Factor" will be a seven-digit decimal number which
the Servicer will compute each month indicating the Class A Certificate  Balance
as of the close of business on the Distribution Date in that month as a fraction
of  the  respective  original  outstanding  principal  balance  of the  Class  A
Certificates. The Class A Certificate Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the Cut-Off
Date;  thereafter,  the Class A  Certificate  Factor  will  decline  to  reflect
reductions in the Class A Certificate  Balance as a result of Scheduled Payments
collected, partial prepayments, prepayments and liquidations of the Receivables.
The  amount  of a Class A  Certificateholder's  pro rata  share  of the  Class A
Certificate  Balance can be determined on any date by  multiplying  the original
denomination of the Holder's Certificate by the Class A Certificate Factor as of
the close of business on the most recent Distribution Date.

Termination

     Termination of the Trust. The respective  obligations of the Servicer,  the
Depositor and the Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and of
the  Certificate  Insurer will  terminate upon the latest of (i) the maturity or
other  liquidation  of the last  Receivable  and the  disposition of any amounts
received upon  liquidation of any remaining  Receivables and (ii) the payment to
Certificateholders  of all amounts  required to be paid to them  pursuant to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the expiration of any preference period related
thereto  and  payment  to the  Certificate  Insurer  of all  amounts  payable or
reimbursable  to it  pursuant to the Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  and the
Insurance Agreement.

     The  respective   representations,   warranties  and   indemnities  of  the
Depositor, the Seller and the Servicer will survive any termination of the Trust
and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                      S-27
<PAGE>

     Optional  Purchase.  The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement will provide that
the Servicer is permitted  at its option to purchase  from the Trust,  as of the
last day of any month as of which the Aggregate  Principal  Balance with respect
to the Receivables is less than 10% of the Original Aggregate Principal Balance,
all  remaining  Receivables  at a price equal to the  aggregate  of the Purchase
Amounts  thereof  as of such last  day,  plus the  appraised  value of any other
property  held  by the  Trust.  Such  repurchase  requires  the  consent  of the
Certificate Insurer.

Amendment

     The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  may be amended by the  Servicer,  the
Depositor  and the Trustee,  with the prior written  consent of the  Certificate
Insurer,  but  without  the  consent  of the  Certificateholders,  to  cure  any
ambiguity,  or to correct  or  supplement  any  provision  therein  which may be
inconsistent with any other provision  therein;  provided that such action shall
not   adversely   affect  in  any   material   respect  the   interests  of  the
Certificateholders.

     The Servicer,  the Depositor and the Trustee may also amend the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement with the prior written consent of the  Certificate  Insurer
and the consent of the  Certificate  Majority to add,  change or  eliminate  any
other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under such Pooling
and  Servicing  Agreement  or  affecting  the rights of the  Certificateholders;
provided  that such  action  will not (i)  increase  or reduce in any manner the
amount of, or  accelerate  or delay the timing of,  collections  of  payments on
Receivables or distributions  that are required to be made on any Certificate or
change the  pass-through  rate  applicable to any Class of  Certificates or (ii)
reduce the  percentage  of  Certificateholders  required  to consent to any such
amendment,  without,  in  either  case,  the  consent  of all  of  the  affected
Certificateholders.


                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     The  following  is a general  discussion  of  certain  federal  income  tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Class A Certificates.
This summary is based upon laws, regulations, rulings and decisions currently in
effect,  all of which are subject to change.  The discussion  does not deal with
all federal tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors,  some of
which may be subject to special  rules.  In addition,  this summary is generally
limited to investors who will hold the Class A Certificates as "capital  assets"
(generally,  property held for investment) within the meaning of Section 1221 of
the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code").  Investors  should
consult their own tax advisors to determine the federal,  state, local and other
tax  consequences  of the  purchase,  ownership and  disposition  of the Class A
Certificates.  Prospective  investors  should note that no rulings  have been or
will be  sought  from the IRS with  respect  to any of the  federal  income  tax
consequences  discussed  below,  and no assurance can be given that the IRS will
not take contrary positions.

Tax Status of the Trust

     In the opinion of Dewey  Ballantine,  special tax counsel to the  Depositor
("Tax  Counsel"),  the Trust will be classified as a grantor trust and not as an
association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. Each Class
A Certificateholder  will be treated as the owner of an interest in the ordinary
income and corpus portions of the Trust.

     Each  Class A  Certificateholder  will be  treated  as owning  its pro rata
percentage  interest  in  the  principal  of,  and  interest  payable  on,  each
Receivable (minus the portion of the interest (the "Excess Interest") payable on
such Receivable that exceeds the sum of the applicable  pass-through rate on the
Certificates  and the  Servicing Fee Rate) and such  ownership  interest in each
Receivable  will be treated as a "stripped  bond"  within the meaning of Section
1286 of the Code.

Taxation of Certificateholders

     Subject to the discussion  below under the heading  "Discount and Premium,"
each Class A  Certificateholder  is required  to include for federal  income tax
purposes  its share of the gross  income of the Trust,  including  interest  and
certain other charges accrued on the Receivables and any gain upon collection or
disposition  of the  Receivables  (but not  including  any portion of the Excess
Interest). Such gross income attributable to interest on the Receivables exceeds
the   Class  A   Pass-Through   Rate  by  an   amount   equal  to  the  Class  A
Certificateholder's  share of the  expenses  of the Trust for the period  during
which it owns a Class A Certificate.  Each Class A Certificateholder is entitled
to  deduct  its share of the  amount  used to pay  expenses  of the Trust to the
extent described below. Any amounts received by a Class A Certificateholder from
the  Subordinate  Certificates,  accounts  established  for the  benefit  of the

                                      S-28
<PAGE>

Certificate  Insurer  or  Excess  Interest  as a  result  of  the  subordination
provisions  will be treated for federal  income tax  purposes as having the same
characteristics as the payments they replace.

     Each Class A Certificateholder should report its share of the income of the
Trust  under its usual  method of  accounting.  Accordingly,  interest  would be
included in a Class A  Certificateholder's  gross  income when it accrues on the
Receivables,  or in the case of Class A  Certificateholders  who are cash  basis
taxpayers,   when   received   by  the   Servicer  on  behalf  of  the  Class  A
Certificateholders.  Because  (i)  interest  accrues  on  the  Receivables  over
differing monthly periods and is paid in arrears and (ii) interest  collected on
a Receivable  generally is paid to Class A  Certificateholders  in the following
month, the amount of interest accruing to a Class A Certificateholder during any
calendar month will not equal the interest  distributed in that month.  Discount
on a Receivable would be included in income as described below.

     Each Class A Certificateholder will be entitled to deduct,  consistent with
its method of  accounting,  its pro rata share of reasonable  servicing fees and
other fees paid or  incurred  by the Trust as  provided in Section 162 or 212 of
the Code. If a Class A Certificateholder is an individual,  estate or trust, the
deduction  for  such  Class A  Certificateholder's  share of such  fees  will be
allowed  only  to the  extent  that  all of  such  Class  A  Certificateholder's
miscellaneous  itemized deductions,  including such Class A  Certificateholder's
share of such fees, exceed 2% of such Class A Certificateholder's adjusted gross
income.  In addition,  in the case of  Certificateholders  who are  individuals,
certain  otherwise  allowable  itemized  deductions will be reduced by an amount
equal to 3% of such Class A Certificateholder's  adjusted gross income in excess
of a statutorily  defined  threshold,  but not by more than 80% of such itemized
deductions.

     To the extent that any fee is  determined  to be in excess of a  reasonable
amount (and hence not  deductible),  such excess should be  characterized  as an
additional  ownership  right  that  has  been  stripped  from  the  Receivables.
Accordingly,  the  gross  income of the Class A  Certificateholders  should  not
include any amount attributable to such excess fee.

     Rule of 78s Receivables.  The annual statement regularly furnished to Class
A  Certificateholders  for federal income tax purposes will include  information
based on the actuarial  method of  accounting  for interest and principal on the
Rule of 78s  Receivables,  and the amount of the fees paid to the  Servicer  and
others. Class A Certificateholders  should generally be permitted to account for
interest on the Rule of 78s Receivables  using the actuarial  method (the method
used to compute  the Class A  Certificate  Factor  and the Class A  Pass-Through
Rate).  However,  certain of the Receivables  provide that, upon a prepayment in
full, the amount payable by the Obligor will be determined under the Rule of 78s
method of loan amortization.  Prospective investors should consult their own tax
advisors as to whether  they may be required or permitted to use the Rule of 78s
method to account for interest on the Receivables.  A Class A  Certificateholder
will be furnished  information  for federal income tax purposes  enabling him to
report  interest on the  Receivables  under the Rule of 78s method of accounting
only upon  written  request to the  Trustee,  and payment of the actual costs of
producing the same.

     If a  Receivable  is  prepaid,  any  amount  received  by  the  Trust  upon
prepayment in excess of the account  balance  using the actuarial  method either
(i) would  constitute  income to a Class A  Certificateholder  who had  reported
income with respect to such  Receivable on the actuarial  method,  and an amount
equal to such excess will be paid to the  Servicer as an  additional  fee and be
deductible (subject to the limitations described above) or (ii) would be treated
as an  interest  stripped  from  the  Receivables  and not  sold to the  Class A
Certificateholders.

Discount and Premium

     A  Certificateholder  that  purchases a Class A  Certificate  at a discount
(i.e.,  for an amount less than its face amount)  must include such  discount in
income  over  the life of the  Class A  Certificates.  Distinctions  in the Code
between  original issue discount and market discount  generally are not relevant
in the case of the Class A Certificates.

     The rate at which discount must be included in income depends on whether it
is greater or less than a statutorily  defined de minimis  amount.  Although not
entirely  certain,  it would appear that the de minimis  computation can be done
for   each   overall   Class  A   Certificate   and   need  not  be  done  on  a
Receivable-by-Receivable  basis. Generally, discount is treated as de minimis if
it is less  than 1/4 of one  percent  of the  principal  amount  of the  Class A
Certificate times the number of full years remaining to the maturity date of the
Class A Certificate.  It is not clear whether the maturity date for this purpose
is the final  maturity date or the weighted  average  maturity date (and whether
expected prepayments are taken into account).

                                      S-29
<PAGE>

     If the  discount  is de  minimis  (which  should  be the case for  original
purchasers  of Class A  Certificates)  it would appear that such discount may be
included in income as principal  payments are received on the Receivables and in
proportion to such principal  payments.  Although not entirely clear, the income
attributable to de minimis discount should be treated as capital gain.

     If the discount is more than a de minimis  amount,  such  discount  must be
included  in income as it accrues on the basis of the yield to  maturity  of the
Class A  Certificate,  to the  particular  purchaser.  It is not clear whether a
prepayment  assumption  must be taken into  account in  computing  this yield to
maturity and how actual prepayments will affect accruals of discount. Unless the
Class A Certificates are originally issued with more than a de minimis amount of
discount,  the Servicer  will not be providing any  information  relating to the
computation  of the  accruals of discount by  subsequent  purchasers  of Class A
Certificates.

     In the event that a Receivable is treated as purchased at a premium  (i.e.,
the Purchase Price exceeds the portion of the remaining principal balance of the
Receivables  allocable  to  the   Certificateholders),   such  premium  will  be
amortizable by a Class A Certificateholder as an offset to interest income (with
a  corresponding  reduction in the  Certificateholder's  basis) under a constant
yield method over the term of the Receivable if an election under Section 171 of
the Code is made (or was  previously  in  effect)  with  respect  to the Class A
Certificates.  Any such election will also apply to debt instruments held by the
taxpayer  during  the  year  in  which  the  election  is made  and to all  debt
instruments acquired thereafter.

Sale of a Class A Certificate

     If a Class A Certificate is sold, gain or loss will be recognized  equal to
the  difference  between  the  amount  realized  on the  sale  and  the  Class A
Certificateholder's  adjusted basis in such Certificate.  A  Certificateholder's
adjusted  basis  will  equal  the  Certificateholder's  cost  for  the  Class  A
Certificate  increased  by any  discount  previously  included  in  income,  and
decreased by any payments received that are attributable to accrued discount (or
by any offset  previously  allowed  for  accrued  premium)  and by the amount of
principal payments previously received on the Receivables. Any gain or loss will
be capital gain or loss if the Class A Certificate was held as a capital asset.

Foreign Class A Certificateholders

     Interest attributable to Receivables which is received by a foreign Class A
Certificateholder,  (other  than a  foreign  bank  and  certain  other  persons)
generally will not be subject to the normal 30% withholding tax (or lower treaty
rate)  imposed  with  respect  to such  payments,  provided  that  such  Class A
Certificateholder is not engaged in a trade or business in the United States and
that such Certificateholder fulfills certain certification  requirements.  Under
such requirements,  the Holder must certify, under penalties of perjury, that it
is not a "United  States  person"  and provide  its name and  address.  For this
purpose,  "United  States  person"  means a citizen  or  resident  of the United
States, a corporation,  partnership,  or other entity created or organized in or
under the laws of the United States or any political  subdivision thereof, or an
estate or trust that is subject to United States federal income tax,  regardless
of the source of its income.

Backup Withholding

     Backup  withholding of federal income tax at a rate of 31 percent may apply
to payments made in respect of the Class A  Certificates  as well as payments of
proceeds  from  the sale of  Certificates,  to  Certificateholders  that are not
"exempt  recipients"  and that fail to provide certain  identifying  information
(such as the taxpayer  identification  number of the  Certificateholder)  to the
Trustee  or its agent in the  manner  required.  Individuals  generally  are not
exempt recipients, whereas corporations and certain other entities generally are
exempt recipients.  Payments made in respect of the Class A Certificates must be
reported to the IRS, unless the recipient is an exempt  recipient or establishes
an exemption.  Any amounts  withheld under the backup  withholding  rules from a
payment  to a person  would be  allowed  as a refund  or a credit  against  such
person's   United  States  federal  income  tax,   provided  that  the  required
information  is  furnished to the IRS.  Furthermore,  certain  penalties  may be
imposed by the IRS on a Certificateholder  who is required to supply information
but who does not do so in the proper manner.

State and Local Taxation

     In the  opinion  of Tax  Counsel,  the Trust will not be subject to the New
York  State  Franchise  Tax on  Business  Corporations  or  the  New  York  City
Unincorporated Business Tax. The above discussion does not otherwise address the
tax  consequences  of  purchase,   ownership  or  disposition  of  the  Class  A
Certificates  under any state or local tax law.  Investors  should consult their
own tax advisors regarding state and local tax consequences.

                                      S-30
<PAGE>

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Section  406 of ERISA and  Section  4975 of the Code  prohibit  a  pension,
profit  sharing,  or other  employee  benefit  plan  from  engaging  in  certain
transactions involving "plan assets" with persons that are "parties in interest"
under ERISA or  "disqualified  persons" under the Code with respect to the plan.
ERISA also  imposes  certain  duties on  persons  who are  fiduciaries  of plans
subject to ERISA and prohibits certain  transactions  between a plan and parties
in interest  with respect to such plans.  Under ERISA,  any person who exercises
any authority or control  respecting the management or disposition of the assets
of a plan is  considered  to be a  fiduciary  of such plan  (subject  to certain
exceptions not here  relevant).  A violation of these  "prohibited  transaction"
rules may generate excise tax and other liabilities under ERISA and the Code for
such persons.

     In  addition  to  the  matters  described  below,  purchasers  of  Class  A
Certificates that are insurance companies should consult with their counsel with
respect  to the  recent  United  States  Supreme  Court  case  interpreting  the
fiduciary  responsibility rules of ERISA, John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Co.
v. Harris Trust and Savings Bank,  114 S.Ct.  517 (1993).  In John Hancock,  the
Supreme Court ruled that assets held in an insurance  company's  general account
may  be  deemed  to  be  "plan   assets"  for  ERISA   purposes   under  certain
circumstances.  Prospective  purchasers  should  determine  whether the decision
affects their ability to make purchases of the Class A Certificates.

     Pursuant  to a final  regulation  (the  "Final  Regulation")  issued by the
Department of Labor ("DOL")  concerning the definition of what  constitutes  the
"plan  assets" of an employee  benefit plan subject to ERISA or the Code,  or an
individual  retirement account (an "IRA"), or any entity whose underlying assets
are deemed to be assets of an employee  benefit plan or an IRA by reason of such
employee benefit plan's or such IRA's  investment in such entity,  (collectively
referred to as "Benefit  Plans"),  the assets and properties of certain entities
in which a Benefit Plan makes an equity  investment could be deemed to be assets
of the Benefit Plan unless certain  exceptions  under the Final Regulation apply
or an  exemption  is  available.  If  Benefit  Plans that  purchase  the Class A
Certificates  are  deemed to own an  interest  in the  underlying  assets of the
Trust, the operations of the Trust could result in prohibited transactions.

     The DOL has granted to Prudential Securities Incorporated an administrative
exemption  (Prohibited  Transaction  Exemption  90-32  (the  "Exemption")  which
generally exempts from the application of the prohibited  transaction provisions
of Section 406(a),  Section  406(b)(1),  Section 406(b)(2) and Section 407(a) of
ERISA and the excise taxes imposed  pursuant to Sections  4975(a) and (b) of the
Code,  certain  transactions  relating to the  servicing  and operation of asset
pools,  including  pools of motor vehicle  installment  obligations  such as the
Receivables  and the purchase,  sale and holding of asset-  backed  pass-through
certificates,   including  pass-through  certificates  evidencing  interests  in
certain  receivables,   loans  and  other  obligations,  such  as  the  Class  A
Certificates,  provided that certain  conditions  set forth in the Exemption are
satisfied.

     If the general conditions of Section II of the Exemption are satisfied, the
Exemption  may provide an exemption  from the  restrictions  imposed by Sections
406(a)  and  407(a) of ERISA (as well as the excise  taxes  imposed by  Sections
4975(c)(1)(A) through (D) of the Code) in connection with the direct or indirect
sale,  exchange  or  transfer of Class A  Certificates  by Benefit  Plans in the
initial issue of  certificates,  the holding of Class A Certificates  by Benefit
Plans or the direct or indirect  acquisition  or  disposition  in the  secondary
market of Class A  Certificates  by Benefit  Plans.  However,  no  exemption  is
provided from the  restrictions  of Section  406(a)(1)(E),  406(a)(2) and 407 of
ERISA for the  acquisition  or holding of a Class A Certificate  on behalf of an
"Excluded  Plan"  by any  person  who has  discretionary  authority  or  renders
investment advice with respect to the assets of such Excluded Plan. For purposes
of the Class A Certificates, an Excluded Plan is a Benefit Plan sponsored by (1)
Prudential Securities Incorporated,  (2) the Originators,  (3) the Servicer, (4)
the Trustee, (5) the Seller, (6) the Depositor,  (7) any Obligor with respect to
Receivables  constituting  more  than 5  percent  of the  aggregate  unamortized
principal balance of the Receivables as of the date of initial issuance, (8) the
Certificate  Insurer and (9) any affiliate or successor of a person described in
(1) to (8) above (the "Restricted Group").

     If the specific  conditions of paragraph I.B. of Section I of the Exemption
are also satisfied, the Exemption may provide an exemption from the restrictions
imposed  by  Sections  406(b)(1)  and  (b)(2) of ERISA and the taxes  imposed by
Sections  4975(a) and (b) of the Code by reason of Section  4975(c)(1)(E) of the
Code in connection with (1) the direct or indirect sale, exchange or transfer of
Class A  Certificates  in the  initial  issuance  of Class A  Certificates  to a
Benefit  Plan  when  the  person  who has  discretionary  authority  or  renders
investment  advice  with  respect to the  investment  of plan  assets in Class A
Certificates  is (a) an  Obligor  with  respect to 5 percent or less of the fair
market value of the  Receivables  or (b) an affiliate of such a person,  (2) the
direct or indirect acquisition or disposition in the secondary market of Class A
Certificates  by Benefit  Plans and (3) the holding of Class A  Certificates  by

                                      S-31
<PAGE>

Benefit  Plans.  Among the  specific  conditions  that must be  satisfied is the
condition that immediately  after the acquisition of the Class A Certificates no
more than 25% of the assets of the Benefit Plan with respect to which the person
is a fiduciary are invested in certificates  representing an interest in a trust
containing  assets sold or serviced by the same  entity.  As of the date hereof,
the Seller believes no Obligor with respect to Receivables included in the Trust
constitutes more than 5 percent of the aggregate  unamortized  principal balance
of the Trust.

     If the specific  conditions of paragraph I.C. of Section I of the Exemption
are  satisfied,  the  Exemption may provide an exemption  from the  restrictions
imposed by Sections 406(a), 406(b) and 407(a) of ERISA, and the taxes imposed by
Sections  4975(a)  and (b) of the Code by reason of Section  4975(c) of the Code
for  transactions in connection with the servicing,  management and operation of
the Trust.

     The Exemption  may provide an exemption  from the  restrictions  imposed by
Section  406(a) and 407(a) of ERISA,  and the taxes imposed by Sections  4975(a)
and (b) of the Code by reason of Sections  4975(c)(1)(A) through (D) of the Code
if such  restrictions  are deemed to otherwise  apply merely because a person is
deemed to be a "party in interest" or a "disqualified person" with respect to an
investing  Benefit Plan by virtue of providing  services to the Benefit Plan (or
by virtue of having certain specified  relationships to such a person) solely as
a result of such Benefit Plan's ownership of Class A Certificates.

     The Exemption sets forth the following six general conditions which must be
satisfied for a transaction to be eligible for exemptive relief thereunder:

          (1) The acquisition of the  certificates by a Benefit Plan is on terms
     (including the price for the  certificates)  that are at least as favorable
     to the Benefit Plan as they would be in an arm's length transaction with an
     unrelated party;

          (2) The rights and interests evidenced by the certificates acquired by
     the Benefit Plan are not subordinated to the rights and interests evidenced
     by other certificates of the trust;

          (3) The  certificates  acquired  by the Benefit  Plan have  received a
     rating at the time of such  acquisition  that is one of the  three  highest
     general rating  categories from either S&P,  Moody's,  Duff & Phelps Rating
     Co. ("D&P") or Fitch Investors Service, Inc. ("Fitch");

          (4)  The  Trustee  is not an  affiliate  of any  other  member  of the
     Restricted Group;

          (5)  The  sum of all  payments  made  to and  retained  by  Prudential
     Securities Incorporated in connection with the distribution of Certificates
     represents not more than reasonable  compensation for its services. The sum
     of all payments made and retained by the Seller  pursuant to the assignment
     of the  Receivables  to the Trust  represents not more than the fair market
     value of such Receivables.  The sum of all payments made to and retained by
     the Servicer  represents  not more than  reasonable  compensation  for such
     person's   services   under  the  Pooling  and   Servicing   Agreement  and
     reimbursement of such person's reasonable expenses in connection therewith;
     and

          (6) The Benefit Plan investing in the  certificates  is an "accredited
     investor" as defined in Rule  501(a)(1) of  Regulation D of the  Securities
     and Exchange Commission under the 1933 Act.


     The Trust Estate must also meet the following requirements:

          (i) the  Receivables  must  consist  solely of assets of the type that
     have been included in other investment pools;

          (ii)  certificates in such other investment pools must have been rated
     in one of the three highest rating categories of S&P, Moody's, Fitch or D&P
     for  at  least  one  year  prior  to  the  Benefit  Plan's  acquisition  of
     certificates; and

          (iii) certificates  evidencing interest in such other investment pools
     must have been purchased by investors other than Benefit Plans for at least
     one year prior to the Benefit Plan's acquisition of certificates.

     It is a  condition  of issuance  of the Class A  Certificates  that they be
rated AAA or its equivalent by a nationally  recognized  rating  agency.  Before
purchasing  a Class A  Certificate  based on the  Exemption,  a  fiduciary  of a
Benefit  Plan should  itself  confirm (1) that such  Certificate  constitutes  a
"certificate" for purposes of the Exemption and (2) that the specific conditions
and other requirements set forth in the Exemption would be satisfied.

                                      S-32
<PAGE>


     Any  Benefit  Plan  fiduciary   considering  the  purchase  of  a  Class  A
Certificate  should  consult  with its  counsel  with  respect to the  potential
applicability of ERISA and the Code to such investment.  Moreover,  each Benefit
Plan fiduciary should determine whether,  under the general fiduciary  standards
of  investment  prudence  and  diversification,  an  investment  in the  Class A
Certificates  is  appropriate  for the Benefit  Plan,  taking  into  account the
overall investment policy of the Benefit Plan and the composition of the Benefit
Plan's investment portfolio. The Subordinate Certificates may not be acquired by
any Benefit Plan.
                                     RATINGS

     As a condition  to the  issuance of the Class A  Certificates,  the Class A
Certificates  will be rated at least  "AAA" by S&P and "Aaa" by  Moody's  on the
basis of the  issuance  of the Policy by the  Certificate  Insurer.  There is no
assurance  that a rating  will not be lowered or  withdrawn  by a rating  agency
based on a change in  circumstances  deemed by such rating  agency to  adversely
affect the Class A Certificates.  A rating is not a recommendation  to purchase,
hold or sell  the  Class A  Certificates,  in as much as such  rating  does  not
comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor.

                                  UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting  agreement
(the "Underwriting  Agreement"),  the Depositor has agreed to cause the Trust to
sell  to  Prudential  Securities  Incorporated  (the  "Underwriter"),   and  the
Underwriter has agreed to purchase the Class A Certificates.

     In the Underwriting  Agreement,  the Underwriter has agreed, subject to the
terms and  conditions  therein,  to  purchase  all of the  Class A  Certificates
offered  hereby.  Proceeds to the Depositor,  including  accrued  interest,  are
expected to be  approximately  ___% of the initial Class A Certificate  Balance,
before deducting  expenses payable by the Depositor in connection with the Class
A  Certificates,  estimated to be $_______.  In connection with the purchase and
sale of the Class A Certificates, the Underwriter may be deemed to have received
compensation from the Depositor in the form of underwriting discounts.

     The Underwriting  Agreement  provides that the Depositor will indemnify the
Underwriter against certain civil liabilities,  including  liabilities under the
Securities  Act, or  contribute to payments the  Underwriter  may be required to
make in respect  thereof.  The  Transfer  Agreements  will  provide  for certain
indemnification of the Depositor by Emergent.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     In addition to the legal  opinions  described  in the  Prospectus,  certain
legal matters relating to the issuance of the  Certificates  will be passed upon
for  Emergent  by Wyche,  Burgess,  Freeman & Parham,  P.A.,  Greenville,  South
Carolina,  counsel to Emergent.  Certain  legal  matters  relating to insolvency
issues and certain federal income tax matters  concerning the Certificates  will
be passed upon by Dewey  Ballantine,  New York, New York.  Certain legal matters
relating to the validity of the issuance of the Certificates will be passed upon
for the  Underwriter  by Dewey  Ballantine,  New York,  New York.  Certain legal
matters  relating to the Certificate  Insurer and the Policy will be passed upon
for the Certificate Insurer by Dewey Ballantine, New York, New York.



                                      S-33


<PAGE>

                                    GLOSSARY

     Aggregate  Principal Balance:  With respect to any Determination  Date, the
sum of the Principal  Balances  (computed as of the related Record Date) for all
Receivables  (other than (i) any Receivable that became a Liquidated  Receivable
during the  related  Collection  Period and (ii) any  Receivable  that  became a
Purchased Receivable on the immediately preceding Deposit Date.

     Amount Available: With respect to any Distribution Date, the sum of (i) the
Available Funds for the immediately preceding  Determination Date, plus (ii) the
Deficiency  Claim Amount,  if any,  received by the Trustee with respect to such
Distribution  Date, plus (iii) the Policy Claim Amount,  if any, received by the
Trustee with respect to such Distribution Date.

     Amount  Financed:  With  respect  to a  Receivable,  the  aggregate  amount
advanced under such Receivable toward the purchase price of the Financed Vehicle
and  related  costs,  including  amounts  advanced  in respect  of  accessories,
insurance  premiums,  service and warranty  contracts,  other items  customarily
financed as part of automobile  installment sale contracts or promissory  notes,
and related costs.

     Available Funds: With respect to any Determination Date, the sum of (i) the
Collected Funds for such  Determination  Date (including  amounts withdrawn from
the Payahead Account but excluding  amounts deposited into the Payahead Account)
and (ii) all Purchase Amounts deposited in the Collection Account on the related
Deposit Date.

     Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or other
day or which  commercial  banking  institutions  or trust companies in New York,
South  Carolina  or any other  location  of any  successor  Servicer,  successor
Trustee or a successor  collateral  agent are  authorized  or  obligated by law,
executive order or governmental decree to be closed.

     Certificate  Insurer  Optional  Deposit:  With respect to any  Distribution
Date, an amount delivered by the Certificate Insurer, at its sole option, to the
Trustee  for  deposit  into  the  Collection  Account  for any of the  following
purposes:  (i) to provide funds in respect of the payment of fees or expenses of
any provider of services to the Trust with respect to such Distribution Date; or
(ii)  to  include  such  amount  as  part  of  the  Amount  Available  for  such
Distribution  Date to the  extent  that  without  such  amount  a draw  would be
required to be made on the Policy.

     Certificate Majority: Class A Certificateholders  representing greater than
50% of the sum of the Class A  Certificate  Balance  or, if there are no Class A
Certificates  outstanding,   such  majority  of  interests  represented  by  the
Subordinate Certificates.

     Class A Certificate  Balance:  Initially,  $14,496,000  and thereafter will
equal the Class A Certificate Balance reduced by all principal  distributions on
the Class A Certificates.

     Class A Interest  Carryover  Shortfall:  As of the close of business on any
Distribution Date, the excess of the Class A Interest  Distributable  Amount for
such  Distribution  Date plus  (without  duplication)  any  outstanding  Class A
Interest Carryover Shortfall from the preceding  Distribution Date plus interest
on  such  outstanding  Class  A  Interest  Carryover  Shortfall,  to the  extent
permitted  by  law,  at the  Class  A  Pass-Through  Rate  from  such  preceding
Distribution  Date  through the current  Distribution  Date,  over the amount of
interest that the Class A  Certificateholders  actually received on such current
Distribution Date.

     Class A Interest  Distributable  Amount:  With respect to any  Distribution
Date, the sum of (i) for the initial Distribution Date ____________ (__) days of
interest and for any Distribution Date thereafter, thirty (30) days of interest,
in any case  calculated  on the basis of a  360-day  year  consisting  of twelve
30-day  months,  at the Class A  Pass-Through  Rate on the  Class A  Certificate
Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding  Collection
Period and (ii) any outstanding Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall.

     Class A Principal Carryover  Shortfall:  As of the close of business on any
Distribution Date, the excess of the Class A Principal Distributable Amount plus
any  outstanding  Class A  Principal  Carryover  Shortfall  from  the  preceding
Distribution   Date   over  the   amount   of   principal   that  the   Class  A
Certificateholders actually received on such current Distribution Date.

     Collected  Funds:  With respect to any  Determination  Date,  the amount of
funds in the Collection  Account  representing  collections  on the  Receivables
during  the  related  Collection  Period,  including  all  Liquidation  Proceeds
collected  during the related  Collection  Period (but  excluding  any  Purchase
Amounts).

                                      S-34

<PAGE>

     Collection  Period:  With respect to a Determination Date or a Distribution
Date, the calendar month preceding the month in which such Determination Date or
Distribution Date occurs (such calendar month being referred to as the "related"
Collection Period with respect to such Determination Date or Distribution Date).
With  respect to a Record  Date,  the  calendar  month in which such Record Date
occurs is referred to herein as the "related"  Collection  Period to such Record
Date.

     Cram Down Loss:  With respect to a  Receivable,  if a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction in an insolvency proceeding shall have issued an order reducing the
amount  owed  on a  Receivable  or  otherwise  modifying  or  restructuring  the
Scheduled Payments to be made on a Receivable,  an amount equal to the excess of
the principal  balance of such Receivable  immediately  prior to such order over
the principal  balance of such Receivable as so reduced or the net present value
(using as the discount rate the higher of the APR on such Receivable or the rate
of  interest,  if any,  specified  by the court in such order) of the  Scheduled
Payments as so modified or  restructured.  A "Cram Down Loss" shall be deemed to
have occurred on the date of issuance of such order.

     Deficiency  Claim  Amount:  With  respect to any  Determination  Date,  the
excess,  if any, of the sum of the amounts  payable on the related  Distribution
Date  pursuant  to clauses  (i),  (ii),  (iii),  (iv) and (v) under the  heading
"DESCRIPTION OF THE  CERTIFICATES -- Flow of Funds" over the amount of Available
Funds with respect to such Determination Date.

     Deficiency  Notice:  A  written  notice  delivered  by  the  Trustee  to  a
collateral agent appointed by the Certificate Insurer,  Certificate Insurer, the
fiscal agent,  if necessary,  and the Servicer  specifying the Deficiency  Claim
Amount for such Distribution Date.

     Deposit  Date:  With  respect to any  Collection  Period,  the Business Day
immediately preceding the related Determination Date.

     Determination  Date:  With  respect  to any  Collection  Period,  the fifth
Business Day preceding the Distribution Date in the next calendar month.

     Distribution  Amount:  With respect to a Distribution  Date, the sum of (i)
the Available Funds for such  Distribution  Date, plus (ii) the Deficiency Claim
Amount, if any, received by the Trustee with respect to such Distribution Date.

     Insurer  Default:  The occurrence  and  continuance of any of the following
events:

          (a) the  Certificate  Insurer  shall  have  failed  to make a  payment
     required under the Policy in accordance with its terms;

          (b) The  Certificate  Insurer  shall  have  (i)  filed a  petition  or
     commenced  any case or  proceeding  under any  provision  or chapter of the
     United States  Bankruptcy  Code or any other  similar  federal or state law
     relating  to  insolvency,   bankruptcy,   rehabilitation,   liquidation  or
     reorganization,  (ii)  made a general  assignment  for the  benefit  of its
     creditors,  or (iii) had an order for relief  entered  against it under the
     United States  Bankruptcy  Code or any other  similar  federal or state law
     relating  to  insolvency,   bankruptcy,   rehabilitation,   liquidation  or
     reorganization which is final and nonappealable; or

          (c) a court of  competent  jurisdiction,  the New York  Department  of
     Insurance  or other  competent  regulatory  authority  shall have entered a
     final  and  nonappealable  order,  judgment  or  decree  (i)  appointing  a
     custodian,  trustee,  agent or receiver for the Certificate  Insurer or for
     all or any material  portion of its property or (ii) authorizing the taking
     of possession by a custodian, trustee, agent or receiver of the Certificate
     Insurer (or the taking of possession of all or any material  portion of the
     property of the Certificate Insurer).

     Liquidated Receivable:  With respect to any Collection Period, a Receivable
as to which (i) 60 days have elapsed since the Servicer repossessed the Financed
Vehicle,  (ii) the  Servicer  has  determined  in good faith that all amounts it
expects  to  recover  have  been  received,  (iii)  more than ten  percent  of a
Scheduled  Payment  shall have become 180 or more days  delinquent,  or (iv) the
Financed  Vehicle has been sold and the proceeds  received.  Any Receivable that
becomes a Purchased Receivable on or before the related Business Day immediately
preceding the related Determination Date shall not be a Liquidated Receivable.

     Liquidation Proceeds: With respect to a Liquidated Receivable,  all amounts
realized  with respect to such  Receivable  (other than amounts  withdrawn  from
certain  collateral  accounts and drawings under the Policy) net of amounts that
are  required  to be  refunded  to the  Obligor  on such  Receivable;  provided,


                                      S-35
<PAGE>

however,  that the Liquidation  Proceeds with respect to any Receivable shall in
no event be less than zero.

     Person:   Any  legal  person,   including  any   individual,   corporation,
partnership,  joint venture,  estate,  association,  joint stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof, or any other entity.

     Policy Claim Amount:  With respect to any  Determination  Date on which the
Trustee has  delivered a Deficiency  Notice the  shortfall of (y) the sum of (i)
the amount of Available Funds with respect to such Determination Date (as stated
in the Servicer's Certificate with respect to such Determination Date) plus (ii)
the  amount  of the  Deficiency  Claim  Amount,  if any,  to be  delivered  by a
collateral agent to the Trustee  pursuant to a Deficiency  Notice delivered with
respect to such Distribution Date (as stated in the certificate delivered on the
immediately preceding Deficiency Claim Date by a collateral agent) (after giving
effect to the distributions  required by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and
described in clauses (i) and (ii) of "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES -- Flow of
Funds") over (z) the amount necessary to pay the Class A Interest  Distributable
Amount  and  the  Class  A  Principal   Distributable  Amount  for  the  related
Distribution Date.

     Principal  Balance:  With respect to any  Receivable,  as of any date,  the
Amount  Financed  minus (i) that  portion  of all  amounts  received  (including
Payaheads applied to Scheduled  Payments) on or prior to such date and allocable
to principal in accordance with the terms of the  Receivable,  and (ii) any Cram
Down Loss in respect of such Receivable.

     Purchase Amount:  With respect to a Receivable,  the Principal  Balance and
all accrued and unpaid interest on the Receivable as of the date of purchase.

     Servicer's  Certificate:   With  respect  to  each  Determination  Date,  a
certificate,  completed by and executed on behalf of the Servicer, in accordance
with the applicable Pooling and Servicing Agreement provisions.

     Supplemental  Servicing  Fee: With respect to any  Collection  Period,  all
administrative  fees,  expenses  and charges  paid by or on behalf of  Obligors,
including late fees, collected on the Receivables during such Collection Period.



                                      S-36

<PAGE>

                             INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           -----
Accredited Investor .......................................................S-32
Aggregate Risks ...........................................................S-23
Amount Available ..........................................................S-34
Amount Financed ...........................................................S-34
APR ........................................................................S-5
Available Funds ...........................................................S-34
Backup Servicer .......................................................S-1, S-4
Benefit Plans .............................................................S-31
Business Day ..............................................................S-34
Capital Assets ............................................................S-28
Certificate Insurer .............................................S-1, S-7, S-21
Certificate Insurer Optional Deposit.......................................S-34
Certificate Majority ......................................................S-34
Certificates ...............................................................S-4
Class A Certificate Balance................................................S-34
Class A Certificate Factor.................................................S-27
Class A Certificateholders............................................S-6, S-19
Class A Certificates ..................................................S-1, S-4
Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall.......................................S-34
Class A Interest Distributable Amount......................................S-34
Class A Pass-Through Rate...................................................S-5
Class A Percentage ....................................................S-1, S-4
Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall......................................S-34
Class A Principal Distributable Amount......................................S-6
Closing Date ...............................................................S-4
Code ......................................................................S-28
Collected Funds ...........................................................S-34
Collection Period ....................................................S-6, S-35
Commission .................................................................S-2
Cram Down Loss ............................................................S-35
Cut-Off Date ...............................................................S-4
D&P .......................................................................S-32
Deficiency Claim Amount ...................................................S-35
Deficiency Notice .........................................................S-35
Depositor .............................................................S-1, S-4
Determination Date ........................................................S-35
Discount and Premium ......................................................S-28
Disqualified Person .......................................................S-32
Disqualified Persons ......................................................S-31
Distribution Amount .......................................................S-35
Distribution Dates .........................................................S-5
DOL .......................................................................S-31
Emergent ..................................................................S-15
Emergent Auto Loan Program.................................................S-15
Emergent Companies ........................................................S-15
ERISA ......................................................................S-8
Excluded Plan .............................................................S-31
Exempt recipients .........................................................S-30
Exemption .................................................................S-31
Final Regulation ..........................................................S-31
Final Scheduled Distribution Date...........................................S-1
Financed Vehicles ..........................................................S-5
Financial Security ........................................................S-21
Fitch .....................................................................S-32
Fund American .............................................................S-21
Guaranteed Distributions...................................................S-23
Holder ....................................................................S-19
Holders ...................................................................S-19
Holdings .............................................................S-2, S-21
Independent Directors .....................................................S-10
Index of Terms .............................................................S-4
Insolvency Laws ...........................................................S-10
Insurer Default ...........................................................S-35
IRA .......................................................................S-31
IRS ........................................................................S-7

                                      S-37


<PAGE>

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
Issuer .....................................................................S-4
Liquidated Receivable .....................................................S-35
Liquidation Proceeds ......................................................S-35
Loan Pro$ ..................................................................S-4
Monthly Statement .........................................................S-26
Moody's ..............................................................S-8, S-32
MSO .......................................................................S-17
Optional Purchase ..........................................................S-7
Order .....................................................................S-23
Original Aggregate Principal Balance........................................S-5
Originator .................................................................S-4
Originators ................................................................S-4
Parties In Interest .......................................................S-31
Party in Interest .........................................................S-32
Payahead Account ..........................................................S-20
Payaheads .................................................................S-20
Percentage Interest .......................................................S-19
Person ....................................................................S-36
Plan Assets ...............................................................S-31
Policy .....................................................................S-1
Policy Claim Amount .......................................................S-36
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.............................................S-1
Premier ....................................................................S-4
Principal Balance .........................................................S-36
Prohibited Transaction ....................................................S-31
Purchased Receivable .......................................................S-6
Receipt ...................................................................S-24
Receivables ...........................................................S-1, S-5
Received ..................................................................S-24
Record Date ................................................................S-6
Required Deposit Ratings...................................................S-20
Restricted Group ..........................................................S-31
RISK FACTORS ...............................................................S-1
Rule of 78s Receivables ...................................................S-11
S&P ........................................................................S-8
Scheduled Payment .........................................................S-11
Seller .....................................................................S-4
Servicer ..............................................................S-1, S-4
Servicer Termination Event.................................................S-26
Servicer's Certificate ....................................................S-26
Servicing Fee ........................................................S-7, S-25
Servicing Fee Rate .........................................................S-7
Simple Interest Receivables................................................S-11
Single Risks ..............................................................S-23
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS .....................................................S-1
Stripped bond .............................................................S-28
Stripped Coupons ...........................................................S-7
Sub-Servicer ...............................................................S-4
Sub-Servicers ..............................................................S-4
Subordinate Certificates....................................................S-4
Supplemental Servicing Fee..................................................S-7
The Receivables ............................................................S-5
Tokio Marine ..............................................................S-21
Trust .................................................................S-1, S-4
Trustee ...............................................................S-1, S-4
U S WEST ..................................................................S-21
Underwriter ...............................................................S-33
Underwriting ...............................................................S-1
Underwriting Agreement ....................................................S-33
United States person ......................................................S-30

                                      S-38


<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             
              Auto Receivables Backed Securities Issuable in Series

                     PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES SECURED FINANCING
                                  CORPORATION,
                                    Depositor

      This  Prospectus  describes  certain  Auto  Receivables  Backed Notes (the
"Notes") and Auto  Receivables  Backed  Certificates  (the  "Certificates"  and,
together with the Notes, the "Securities") that may be sold from time to time in
one or more series,  in amounts,  at prices and on terms to be determined at the
time of sale and to be set forth in a supplement  to this  Prospectus  (each,  a
"Prospectus  Supplement").  Each  series of  Securities  may include one or more
classes of Notes and one or more classes of  Certificates,  which will be issued
either by the Depositor, a Transferor (as hereinafter defined), or by a trust to
be formed by the Depositor for the purpose of issuing one or more series of such
Securities  (each,  a "Trust").  The  Depositor,  a  Transferor  or a Trust,  as
appropriate,  issuing Securities as described in this Prospectus and the related
Prospectus Supplement shall be referred to herein as the "Issuer."

      Each class of Securities of any series will evidence beneficial  ownership
in a  segregated  pool of  assets  (each,  a  "Trust  Fund")  (such  Securities,
"Certificates")  or will  represent  indebtedness  of the Issuer  secured by the
Trust Fund (such  Securities,  "Notes"),  as described herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement.  Each Trust Fund may consist of any combination of retail
installment  sales  contracts  between  manufacturers,  dealers or certain other
originators and retail purchasers  secured by new and used automobiles and light
duty trucks financed thereby, or participation interests therein,  together with
all monies received relating thereto (the "Contracts"). Each Trust Fund may also
include  the  underlying  new and used  automobiles  and light  duty  trucks and
property  relating  thereto,  together with the proceeds thereof (the "Vehicles"
together with the Contracts, the "Receivables").  If and to the extent specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, credit enhancement with respect to a Trust
Fund or any class of Securities may include any one or more of the following:  a
financial  guaranty insurance policy (a "Policy") issued by an insurer specified
in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a reserve  account,  letters of credit,
credit or liquidity  facilities,  third party  payments or other  support,  cash
deposits or other  arrangements.  In  addition  to or in lieu of the  foregoing,
credit  enhancement  may be  provided by means of  subordination,  cross-support
among the Receivables or  over-collateralization.  See "Description of the Trust
Agreement -- Credit and Cash Flow  Enhancement."  The  Receivables  in the Trust
Fund for a series  will have been  acquired  by the  Depositor  from one or more
affiliates of the Depositor or from one or more entities which are  unaffiliated
with the Depositor (any such affiliate or unaffiliated entity, an "Originator").
Each Originator will be an entity, including Vendors,  generally in the business
of  originating  or  acquiring  Receivables.  The  Depositor  will  acquire  the
Receivables  from the related  Originator(s) on or prior to the date of issuance
of the related  Securities,  as described  herein and in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  The  Receivables  included  in a Trust Fund will be  serviced  by a
servicer (the "Servicer") described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

      Each series of  Securities  will  include  one or more  classes  (each,  a
"Class").  A series may include one or more  Classes of  Securities  entitled to
principal   distributions,   with  disproportionate,   nominal  or  no  interest
distributions, or to interest distributions,  with disproportionate,  nominal or
no principal  distributions.  The rights of one or more Classes of Securities of
any  series  may be senior or  subordinate  to the  rights of one or more of the
other  Classes  of  Securities.  A series  may  include  two or more  Classes of
Securities which differ as to the timing, sequential order, priority of payment,
interest  rate or amount of  distributions  of  principal  or  interest or both.
Information  regarding  each  Class of  Securities  of a series,  together  with
certain  characteristics  of the related  Receivables,  will be set forth in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The rate of payment in respect of principal of
the  Securities  of any Class will  depend on the  priority of payment of such a
Class and the rate and  timing of  payments  (including  prepayments,  defaults,
liquidations or repurchases of Receivables) on the related  Receivables.  A rate
of payment lower or higher than that anticipated may affect the weighted average
life of each  Class of  Securities  in the  manner  described  herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement. See "Description of the Securities."

      PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH UNDER "SPECIAL
CONSIDERATIONS" HEREIN AND IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

THE NOTES OF A GIVEN SERIES REPRESENT  OBLIGATIONS OF THE ISSUER ONLY AND DO NOT
REPRESENT  INTERESTS OF THE  DEPOSITOR,  ANY SERVICER,  ANY ORIGINATOR OR ANY OF
THEIR  RESPECTIVE  AFFILIATES.  THE  CERTIFICATES  OF A GIVEN  SERIES  REPRESENT
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE RELATED TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN
OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITOR, ANY TRANSFEROR, ANY SERVICER, ANY ORIGINATOR OR
ANY OF THEIR  RESPECTIVE  AFFILIATES.  NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR THE UNDERLYING
RECEIVABLES  WILL  BE  GUARANTEED  OR  INSURED  BY ANY  GOVERNMENTAL  AGENCY  OR
INSTRUMENTALITY OR BY THE DEPOSITOR,  ANY SERVICER, ANY ORIGINATOR,  ANY TRUSTEE
OR ANY OF THEIR  RESPECTIVE  AFFILIATES,  EXCEPT  AS SET  FORTH  IN THE  RELATED
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT. SEE ALSO "SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS."

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY
OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Offers of the Securities may be made through one or more different methods,
including  offerings through  underwriters as more fully described under "Method
of  Distribution"  herein and in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Prior to
issuance,  there will have been no market for the Securities of any series,  and
there can be no  assurance  that a  secondary  market  for the  Securities  will
develop, or if it does develop, it will continue.

     Retain this  Prospectus for future  reference.  This  Prospectus may not be
used to  consummate  sales of  Securities  unless  accompanied  by a  Prospectus
Supplement.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                The date of this Prospectus is December 2, 1994.


<PAGE>

                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

      The Prospectus Supplement relating to a series of Securities to be offered
hereunder,  among other  things,  will set forth with  respect to such series of
Securities:  (i) a description of the Class or Classes of such Securities,  (ii)
the  rate of  interest,  the  "Pass-Through  Rate" or  "Interest  Rate" or other
applicable  rate  (or the  manner  of  determining  such  rate)  and  authorized
denominations  of such  Class  of such  Securities;  (iii)  certain  information
concerning the  Receivables  and insurance  polices,  cash accounts,  letters of
credit,  financial guaranty insurance policies,  third party guarantees or other
forms  of  credit  enhancement,  if  any,  relating  to one  or  more  pools  of
Receivables  or all or  part  of the  related  Securities;  (iv)  the  specified
interest,  if any, of each Class of  Securities  in, and manner and priority of,
the  distributions  from the Trust Fund;  (v)  information  as to the nature and
extent of subordination with respect to such series of Securities,  if any; (vi)
the payment date to Securityholders; (vii) information regarding the Servicer(s)
for the related Receivables;  (viii) information regarding the Originator(s) for
the  related  Receivables  and  the  underwriting  guidelines  employed  by such
Originator(s) with respect to such Receivables, (ix) the circumstances,  if any,
under which each Trust Fund may be subject to early termination; (x) information
regarding tax  considerations;  and (xi) additional  information with respect to
the method of distribution of such Securities.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

      The Depositor has filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  a  Registration  Statement  (together  with  all  amendments  and
exhibits thereto,  referred to herein as the "Registration Statement") under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities  Act"),  with respect to the
Securities  offered  pursuant  to  this  Prospectus.  For  further  information,
reference  is made to the  Registration  Statement  which may be  inspected  and
copied at the public  reference  facilities  maintained by the Commission at 450
Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549; and at the Commission's  regional
offices at 500 West Madison, 14th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and Seven World
Trade Center,  13th Floor, New York, New York 10048.  Copies of the Registration
Statement may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.

      No  person  has been  authorized  to give any  information  or to make any
representation  other than those contained in this Prospectus and any Prospectus
Supplement  with  respect  hereto and,  if given or made,  such  information  or
representations  must not be relied upon.  This  Prospectus  and any  Prospectus
Supplement  with  respect  hereto  do not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell  or a
solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the Securities offered
hereby and thereby, nor an offer of the Securities to any person in any state or
other  jurisdiction in which such offer would be unlawful.  The delivery of this
Prospectus at any time does not imply that  information  herein is correct as of
any time subsequent to its date.

                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

      All  documents  subsequently  filed by the  Depositor  with respect to the
Registration  Statement,  either  on its own  behalf  or on  behalf  of a Trust,
relating to any series of Securities referred to in the accompanying  Prospectus
Supplement, with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of
the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), after the
date of this  Prospectus  and prior to the  termination  of any  offering of the
Securities issued by the Issuer, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference
in this  Prospectus  and to be a part of this  Prospectus  from  the date of the
filing of such  documents.  Any  statement  contained  herein  or in a  document
incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to
be modified or superseded  for purposes of this  Prospectus to the extent that a
statement contained herein (or in the accompanying  Prospectus Supplement) or in
any  other  subsequently  filed  document  which  also  is  or is  deemed  to be
incorporated by reference herein, modifies or replaces such statement.  Any such
statement so modified or superseded  shall not be deemed,  except as so modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.

                           REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

      Periodic and annual reports  concerning any Security and the related Trust
Fund will be provided to the Securityholders. See "Description of the Securities
- -- Reports to  Securityholders."  If the Securities of a series are to be issued
in  book-entry  form,  such  reports will be provided to the  Securityholder  of
record  and  beneficial  owners  of  such  Securities  will  have to rely on the
procedures  described  herein  under  "Description  of  Securities  - Book-Entry
Registration."

      The  Depositor  will  provide  without  charge to each person to whom this
Prospectus is delivered,  on the written or oral request of such person,  a copy
of any or all of the  documents  referred  to  above  that  have  been or may be
incorporated  by reference in this  Prospectus  (not  including  exhibits to the
information   that  is  incorporated  by  reference  unless  such  exhibits  are
specifically incorporated by reference into the information that this Prospectus
incorporates).  Such  requests  should be  directed  to:  Prudential  Securities
Secured  Financing  Corporation,  130 John  Street,  New York,  New York  10038,
Attention: Timothy Mas.

                                        2

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

      The  following  summary is  qualified  in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information  appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and by reference to
the  information  with respect to the Securities of any series  contained in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement to be prepared and delivered in connection  with
the offering of such Securities.  Certain  capitalized terms used in the summary
are defined  elsewhere in the Prospectus on the pages indicated in the "Index of
Terms."

Issuer..................    With  respect to each series of  Securities,  either
                            the Depositor, a special-purpose  finance subsidiary
                            of  the   Depositor   which  may  be  organized  and
                            established  by the Depositor with respect to one or
                            more Trust Funds (each such special-purpose  finance
                            subsidiary,  a  "Transferor")  or a trust  (each,  a
                            "Trust") to be formed by the Depositor. For purposes
                            of this Prospectus,  the term  "Depositor"  includes
                            the term "Transferor".  The Depositor,  a Transferor
                            or a  Trust  issuing  Securities  pursuant  to  this
                            Prospectus  and the  related  Prospectus  Supplement
                            shall be  referred  to herein as the  "Issuer"  with
                            respect to the related Securities. See "The Issuer."

Depositor...............    Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation,
                            formerly known as P-B Secured Financing  Corporation
                            (the  "Depositor"),   a  Delaware   corporation,   a
                            wholly-owned  limited purpose finance  subsidiary of
                            Prudential  Securities  Group Inc.  The  Depositor's
                            principal  executive offices are located at 130 John
                            Street,  New York, New York 10038, and its telephone
                            number is (212) 214-7435. See "The Depositor."

Servicer................    The  Servicer  for each Trust Fund will be specified
                            in  the  applicable   Prospectus   Supplement.   The
                            Servicer  will  service the  Receivables  comprising
                            each  Trust  Fund and  administer  each  Trust  Fund
                            pursuant to the  related  Servicing  Agreement.  The
                            Servicer may  subcontract  all or any portion of its
                            obligations   as  Servicer   under  each   Servicing
                            Agreement  to  qualified   subservicers   (each,   a
                            "Sub-Servicer")   but  the  Servicer   will  not  be
                            relieved  thereby  of  its  liability  with  respect
                            thereto. See "Servicing of the Receivables."

Originator(s)...........    The Depositor will acquire the Receivables  from one
                            or more  affiliates  of the Depositor or from one or
                            more  entities  which  are  unaffiliated   with  the
                            Depositor  (any  such   affiliate  or   unaffiliated
                            entity,  an  "Originator").  The Receivables will be
                            either (i)  originated  by the  related  Originator,
                            (ii) originated by various manufacturers of Vehicles
                            ("Manufacturers")   and   acquired  by  the  related
                            Originator,  (iii)  originated  by various  dealers,
                            which may or may not be affiliated  with one or more
                            Manufacturers   ("Dealers",    and   together   with
                            Manufacturers,  "Vendors")  or (iv)  acquired by the
                            related  Originator from other originators or owners
                            of Receivables.  In addition, to the extent that the
                            Depositor  acquires   Receivables  directly  from  a
                            Vendor,  such  Vendor  will  be the  Originator  for
                            purposes  of  the  related   Receivables   and  this
                            Prospectus.  See "The Originator" and "The Servicer"
                            in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Trustee.................    The Trustee for each  series of  Securities  will be
                            specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  In
                            addition,  a  Trust  may  separately  enter  into an
                            Indenture  and  may  issue  Notes  pursuant  to such
                            Indenture;  in any  such  case  the  Trust  and  the
                            Indenture   will  be   administered   by   separate,
                            independent  trustees  as  required by the rules and
                            regulations  under the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939
                            and the Investment Company Act of 1940.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        3
                                                           

<PAGE>



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Securities .........    Each Class of Securities of any series will evidence
                            beneficial  ownership in a segregated pool of assets
                            (each,    a   "Trust   Fund")   (such    Securities,
                            "Certificates")  or will represent  indebtedness  of
                            the   Issuer   secured   by  the  Trust  Fund  (such
                            Securities, "Notes"), as described herein and in the
                            related Prospectus  Supplement.  Each Trust Fund may
                            consist  of any  combination  of  installment  sales
                            contracts between manufacturers,  dealers or certain
                            other  originators and retail  purchasers (each such
                            retail purchaser being an "Obligor")  secured by new
                            and used  automobiles and light duty trucks financed
                            thereby,   or   participation   interests   therein,
                            together with all monies received  relating  thereto
                            (the "Contracts").  Each Trust Fund also may include
                            the  underlying new and used  automobiles  and light
                            duty trucks and property relating thereto,  together
                            with  the  proceeds   thereof  (the  "Vehicles"  and
                            together with the Contracts, the "Receivables").

                            Each  Trust  Fund  will  include   Receivables  with
                            respect to which the related  Contracts are "chattel
                            paper" within the meaning of the Uniform  Commercial
                            Code, as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, and
                            the related Vehicles are subject to federal or state
                            registration or titling requirements under the motor
                            vehicle  laws of such  jurisdiction.  No Trust  Fund
                            will include  Receivables  with respect to which the
                            underlying  Contracts  or Vehicles  relate to office
                            equipment,  aircraft,  ships or boats,  firearms  or
                            other weapons,  railroad rolling stock or facilities
                            such as factories,  warehouses or plants  subject to
                            state laws  governing  the manner in which  title or
                            security  interest in real property is determined or
                            perfected.

                            If and  to  the  extent  specified  in  the  related
                            Prospectus   Supplement,   credit  enhancement  with
                            respect to a Trust  Fund or any class of  Securities
                            may  include  any one or more  of the  following:  a
                            financial  guaranty  insurance  policy (a  "Policy")
                            issued  by  an  insurer  specified  in  the  related
                            Prospectus Supplement, a reserve account, letters of
                            credit, credit or liquidity facilities,  third party
                            payments or other  support,  cash  deposits or other
                            arrangements.  In  addition  to or in  lieu  of  the
                            foregoing,  credit  enhancement  may be  provided by
                            means  of  subordination,  cross-support  among  the
                            Receivables   or   over-   collateralization.    The
                            Depositor  will  acquire  the  Receivables  from the
                            related  Originator(s)  on or  prior  to the date of
                            issuance of the  related  Securities,  as  described
                            herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                            With respect to Securities  issued by a Trust,  each
                            Trust will be  established  pursuant to an agreement
                            (each,  a "Pooling  Agreement")  by and  between the
                            Depositor  and  the  Trustee  named  therein.   Each
                            Pooling  Agreement will describe the related pool of
                            Receivables held by the Trust.

                            With  respect  to  Securities  that  represent  debt
                            issued by the Issuer,  the Issuer will enter into an
                            indenture  (each, an "Indenture") by and between the
                            Issuer and the trustee named on such  Indenture (the
                            "Indenture  Trustee").  Each Indenture will describe
                            the related pool of Receivables comprising the Trust
                            Fund and  securing  the debt  issued by the  related
                            Issuer.

                            The  Receivables  comprising each Trust Fund will be
                            serviced  by the  Servicer  pursuant  to a servicing
                            agreement  (each,  a "Servicing  Agreement")  by and
                            between the Servicer and the related Issuer.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        4
                                                     

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            In  the  case  of any  individual  Trust  Fund,  the
                            contractual    arrangements    relating    to    the
                            establishment  of a Trust,  if any, the servicing of
                            the  related  Receivables  and the  issuance  of the
                            related  Securities  may be  contained  in a  single
                            agreement,  or in several  agreements  which combine
                            certain  aspects  of  the  Pooling  Agreement,   the
                            Servicing  Agreement  and  the  Indenture  described
                            above  (for   example,   a  pooling  and   servicing
                            agreement,  or a servicing and collateral management
                            agreement).  For  purposes of this  Prospectus,  the
                            term  "Trust  Agreement"  as used with  respect to a
                            Trust  Fund  means,  collectively,   and  except  as
                            otherwise   described  in  the  related   Prospectus
                            Supplement,  any and all agreements  relating to the
                            establishment  of a Trust,  if any, the servicing of
                            the  related  Receivables  and the  issuance  of the
                            related Securities. The term "Trustee" means any and
                            all persons acting as a trustee  pursuant to a Trust
                            Agreement.

                         Securities Will Be Non-Recourse.

                            The  Securities  will  not  be  obligations,  either
                            recourse   or   non-recourse   (except  for  certain
                            non-recourse   debt  described  under  "Certain  Tax
                            Considerations"),  of  the  Depositor,  the  related
                            Servicer,  the related  Originator(s)  or any person
                            other than the related Issuer.  The Notes of a given
                            series represent  obligations of the Issuer, and the
                            Certificates of a given series represent  beneficial
                            ownership interests in the related Trust only and do
                            not  represent  interests in or  obligations  of the
                            Depositor,   the  related   Servicer,   the  related
                            Originator(s) or any of their respective  affiliates
                            other  than  the  related  Trust.  In  the  case  of
                            Securities  that  represent   beneficial   ownership
                            interest in the related Trust,  such Securities will
                            represent the beneficial ownership interests in such
                            Trust  and the sole  source of  payment  will be the
                            assets of such Trust. In the case of Securities that
                            represent  debt issued by the related  Issuer,  such
                            Securities  will be secured by assets in the related
                            Trust Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and as to
                            be described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
                            certain  types  of  credit  enhancement,  such  as a
                            letter  of  credit,   financial  guaranty  insurance
                            policy  or  reserve  fund  may   constitute  a  full
                            recourse  obligation  of the  issuer of such  credit
                            enhancement.

                         General Nature of the Securities as Investments.

                            All of  the  Securities  offered  pursuant  to  this
                            Prospectus  and the  related  Prospectus  Supplement
                            will be  rated  in one of the  four  highest  rating
                            categories  by  one  or  more  Rating  Agencies  (as
                            defined herein).

                            Additionally, all of the Securities offered pursuant
                            to  this  Prospectus  and  the  related   Prospectus
                            Supplement will be of the fixed-income  type ("Fixed
                            Income  Securities").  Fixed Income  Securities will
                            generally  be styled as debt  instruments,  having a
                            principal  balance  and a  specified  interest  rate
                            ("Interest  Rate").   Fixed  Income  Securities  may
                            either represent  beneficial  ownership interests in
                            the related Receivables held by the related Trust or
                            debt  secured  by  certain  assets  of  the  related
                            Issuer.

                            Each  series  or Class of  Fixed  Income  Securities
                            offered  pursuant  to  this  Prospectus  may  have a
                            different  Interest  Rate,  which  may be a fixed or
                            adjustable  Interest  Rate.  The related  Prospectus
                            Supplement  will specify the Interest  Rate for each
                            series or Class of Fixed Income Securities described

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                      5
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            therein, or the initial Interest Rate and the method
                            for determining  subsequent  changes to the Interest
                            Rate.

                            A series may  include  one or more  Classes of Fixed
                            Income Securities ("Strip Securities")  entitled (i)
                            to principal  distributions,  with disproportionate,
                            nominal  or no  interest  distributions,  or (ii) to
                            interest   distributions,   with   disproportionate,
                            nominal or no principal distributions.  In addition,
                            a  series  of  Securities  may  include  two or more
                            Classes of Fixed Income Securities that differ as to
                            timing,   sequential  order,  priority  of  payment,
                            Interest Rate or amount of distribution of principal
                            or interest or both, or as to which distributions of
                            principal  or  interest  or both on any Class may be
                            made upon the  occurrence  of specified  events,  in
                            accordance  with a schedule  or  formula,  or on the
                            basis of collections from designated portions of the
                            related  pool of  Receivables.  Any such  series may
                            include  one  or  more   Classes  of  Fixed   Income
                            Securities  ("Accrual  Securities"),   as  to  which
                            certain accrued interest will not be distributed but
                            rather  will be added to the  principal  balance (or
                            nominal balance,  in the case of Accrual  Securities
                            which are also  Strip  Securities)  thereof  on each
                            Payment  Date,  as  hereinafter  defined,  or in the
                            manner   described   in   the   related   Prospectus
                            Supplement.

                            If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,
                            a series may  include  one or more other  Classes of
                            Fixed Income Securities  (collectively,  the "Senior
                            Securities")  that are  senior to one or more  other
                            Classes of Fixed  Income  Securities  (collectively,
                            the "Subordinate  Securities") in respect of certain
                            distributions   of   principal   and   interest  and
                            allocations of losses on Receivables.

                            In   addition,   certain   Classes   of  Senior  (or
                            Subordinate)  Securities  may  be  senior  to  other
                            Classes of Senior  (or  Subordinate)  Securities  in
                            respect of such distributions or losses.

                         General Payment Terms of Securities.

                            As provided in the related  Trust  Agreement  and as
                            described in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
                            holders of the Securities  ("Securityholders")  will
                            be entitled to receive  payments on their Securities
                            on specified dates (each, a "Payment Date"). Payment
                            Dates with respect to Fixed Income  Securities  will
                            occur  monthly,   quarterly  or  semi-annually,   as
                            described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                            The related  Prospectus  Supplement  will describe a
                            date (the  "Record  Date")  preceding  such  Payment
                            Date,  as of which the  Trustee or its paying  agent
                            will fix the identity of the Securityholders for the
                            purpose of receiving payments on the next succeeding
                            Payment Date. As described in the related Prospectus
                            Supplement, the Payment Date will be a specified day
                            of   each   month,   commonly   the   fifteenth   or
                            twenty-fifth  day of each month (or,  in the case of
                            quarterly-pay    Securities,    the   fifteenth   or
                            twenty-fifth  day of every third  month;  and in the
                            case of semi-annual pay Securities, the fifteenth or
                            twenty-fifth  day of  every  sixth  month)  and  the
                            Record  Date will be the close of business as of the
                            last day of the  calendar  month that  precedes  the
                            calendar  month in which such  Payment  Date occurs.
                            
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        6

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            Each Trust Agreement will describe a period (each, a
                            "Remittance  Period")  preceding  each  Payment Date
                            (for example, in the case of monthly-pay Securities,
                            the calendar  month  preceding  the month in which a
                            Payment Date occurs). As more fully described in the
                            related Prospectus Supplement,  collections received
                            on  or  with  respect  to  the  related  Receivables
                            constituting a Trust Fund during a Remittance Period
                            will be required  to be remitted by the  Servicer to
                            the related  Trustee  prior to the  related  Payment
                            Date   and  will  be  used  to  fund   payments   to
                            Securityholders  on  such  Payment  Date.  As may be
                            described in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
                            related  Trust  Agreement  may provide that all or a
                            portion of the payments collected on or with respect
                            to the  related  Receivables  may be  applied by the
                            related  Trustee to the  acquisition  of  additional
                            Receivables  during a specified  period (rather than
                            be  used   to  fund   payments   of   principal   to
                            Securityholders during such period), with the result
                            that  the  related   Securities   will   possess  an
                            interest-only period, also commonly referred to as a
                            revolving  period,  which  will  be  followed  by an
                            amortization  period.  Any  such  interest  only  or
                            revolving period may, upon the occurrence of certain
                            events to be  described  in the  related  Prospectus
                            Supplement,  terminate  prior  to  the  end  of  the
                            specified  period  and  result in the  earlier  than
                            expected amortization of the related Securities.

                            In addition,  and as may be described in the related
                            Prospectus  Supplement,  the related Trust Agreement
                            may provide that all or a portion of such  collected
                            payments may be retained by the Trustee (and held in
                            certain     temporary     investments,     including
                            Receivables)  for a specified  period prior to being
                            used   to   fund    payments   of    principal    to
                            Securityholders.

                            Such  retention  and  temporary  investment  by  the
                            Trustee of such  collected  payments may be required
                            by the related  Trust  Agreement  for the purpose of
                            (a)  slowing  the  amortization  rate of the related
                            Securities  relative to the rent payment schedule of
                            the related Receivables,  or (b) attempting to match
                            the amortization  rate of the related  Securities to
                            an  amortization  schedule  established  at the time
                            such   Securities  are  issued.   Any  such  feature
                            applicable to any  Securities may terminate upon the
                            occurrence  of events to be described in the related
                            Prospectus Supplement, resulting in distributions to
                            the specified Securityholders and an acceleration of
                            the amortization of such Securities.

                            As more fully  specified  in the related  Prospectus
                            Supplement,   neither   the   Securities   nor   the
                            underlying Receivables will be guaranteed or insured
                            by any governmental agency or instrumentality or the
                            Depositor,   the  related   Servicer,   the  related
                            Originator, any Trustee, or any of their affiliates.

No Investment Companies.    Neither the Depositor nor any Trust will register as
                            an "investment company" under the Investment Company
                            Act of 1940,  as amended  (the  "Investment  Company
                            Act").

The Equity Interest.....    With respect to each Trust, the "Equity Interest" at
                            any time  represents the rights to the related Trust
                            Fund in excess of the  Securityholders'  interest of
                            all series then outstanding that were issued by such
                            Trust.  The Equity  Interest  in any Trust Fund will
                            fluctuate  as  the  aggregate   Discounted  Contract
                            Balance  and  the  aggregate   Residual   Values  of

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        7
                                                           
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                            such  Trust  Fund  changes  from  time to  time.  In
                            addition, the Depositor may cause one or more of the
                            Trusts  (such a Trust,  a "Master  Trust")  to issue
                            additional  series of  Securities  from time to time
                            and any  such  issuance  will  have  the  effect  of
                            decreasing the Equity Interest in the related Master
                            Trust  to  the  extent  of the  aggregate  principal
                            amount  of  the  Securities.   See  "Description  of
                            Securities  --  Master  Trusts."  A  portion  of the
                            Equity  interest in any Trust may be sold separately
                            in one or more public or private transactions.

Master Trusts; Issuance 
of Additional Series ...... As  may  be  described  in  the  related  Prospectus
                            Supplement,  a Trust  Agreement  may  authorize  the
                            Trustee   to   issue   certificates   (the   "Equity
                            Certificates")  evidencing the Equity  Interest in a
                            Master Trust, and may provide that,  pursuant to any
                            one or more supplements to such Trust Agreement, the
                            Depositor may cause the related Trustee to issue one
                            or more new  series of  Securities  and  accordingly
                            cause a reduction in the related Equity  Interest in
                            such Master Trust  represented by the related Equity
                            Certificate.  Under each such Trust Agreement (each,
                            a  "Master  Trust  Agreement"),  the  Depositor  may
                            determine  the  terms of any such  new  series.  See
                            "Description of the Securities -- Master Trusts."

                            The Depositor may cause the related Trustee to offer
                            any  such  new   series  to  the   public  or  other
                            investors,  in transactions  either registered under
                            the  Securities  Act  or  exempt  from  registration
                            thereunder,   directly   or  through   one  or  more
                            underwriters  or placement  agents,  in  fixed-price
                            offerings   or   in   negotiated   transactions   or
                            otherwise.

                            A new  series to be  issued  by a Trust  which has a
                            series  outstanding may, unless otherwise  described
                            in the related Prospectus Supplement, only be issued
                            upon satisfaction of the conditions described herein
                            under  "Description  of  the  Securities  --  Master
                            Trusts", including, among others, that such issuance
                            will not  effect the  rating  given to any  existing
                            series  issued  by  such  Master  Trust.  Securities
                            secured by Receivables  held by a Master Trust shall
                            be  entitled  to moneys  received  relating  to such
                            Receivables   on  a  pari  passu  basis  with  other
                            Securities   issued  pursuant  to  the  other  Trust
                            Agreements by such Master Trust.

Cross-Collateralization ... As described in the related Trust  Agreement and the
                            related Prospectus Supplement, the source of payment
                            for  Securities of each series will be the assets of
                            the related Trust Fund only.

                            However,   as  may  be   described  in  the  related
                            Prospectus   Supplement,   a  series   or  class  of
                            Securities  may include the right to receive  moneys
                            from a common pool of credit  enhancement  which may
                            be available for more than one series of Securities,
                            such as a master reserve  account,  master insurance
                            policy or a master  collateral  pool  consisting  of
                            similar Receivables.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                            and  as   described   in  the   related   Prospectus
                            Supplement,  no payment  received on any  Receivable
                            held by any Trust may be applied  to the  payment of
                            Securities  issued by any other Trust (except to the
                            limited extent that certain collections in excess of
                            the amounts needed to pay the related Securities may
                            be deposited in a common master  reserve  account or
                            an   overcollateralization   account  that  provides
                            credit  enhancement  for  more  than one  series  of
                            Securities  issued  pursuant  to the  related  Trust
                            Agreement).

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        8
                                                         

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Trust Funds.............    As specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
                            each  Trust  Fund  will   consist  of  the   related
                            Contracts,  and may include the related Vehicles. If
                            and  to  the  extent   specified   in  the   related
                            Prospectus   Supplement,   credit  enhancement  with
                            respect to a Trust  Fund or any class of  Securities
                            may  include  any one or more  of the  following:  a
                            Policy issued by an insurer specified in the related
                            Prospectus Supplement, a reserve account, letters of
                            credit, credit or liquidity  facilities,  repurchase
                            obligations,  third party payments or other support,
                            cash deposits or other arrangements.  In addition to
                            or in lieu of the foregoing,  credit enhancement may
                            be provided by means of subordination, cross-support
                            among the  Receivables  or over-  collateralization.
                            See  "Description  of the Trust  Agreement -- Credit
                            and  Cash  Flow   Enhancement."  The  Contracts  are
                            obligations  for the  purchase of the  Vehicles,  or
                            evidence borrowings used to acquire the Vehicles. As
                            specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
                            Contracts may consist of any  combination of Rule of
                            78s  Contracts,  Fixed  Value  Contracts  or  Simple
                            Interest   Contracts.   Generally,   "Rule   of  78s
                            Contracts"  provide for fixed level monthly payments
                            which will  amortize the full amount of the Contract
                            over its term. The Rule of 78s Contracts provide for
                            allocation  of  payments  according  to the  "sum of
                            periodic  balances"  or  "sum of  monthly  payments"
                            method  (the  "Rule  of  78s").  Each  Rule  of  78s
                            Contract  provides for the payment by the Obligor of
                            a specified  total  amount of  payments,  payable in
                            monthly  installments on the related due date, which
                            total  represents the principal  amount financed and
                            finance charges in an amount calculated on the basis
                            of a stated annual  percentage  rate ("APR") for the
                            term of such Contract. The rate at which such amount
                            of finance  charges is earned and,  correspondingly,
                            the amount of each fixed monthly  payment  allocated
                            to reduction of the outstanding principal balance of
                            the related  Contract are  calculated  in accordance
                            with the  Rule of 78s.  Under  the Rule of 78s,  the
                            portion of each  payment  allocable  to  interest is
                            higher  during  the  early  months  of the term of a
                            Contract  and lower  during  later  months than that
                            under  a  constant   yield  method  for   allocating
                            payments    between    interest    and    principal.
                            Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  as specified in the
                            related Prospectus Supplement, all payments received
                            by the related Servicer on or in respect of the Rule
                            of 78s  Contracts  may be  allocated on an actuarial
                            basis.

                            Generally,  the "Fixed Value Contracts"  provide for
                            monthly  payments  with a final fixed value  payment
                            which  is  greater   than  the   scheduled   monthly
                            payments.   A  Fixed  Value  Contract  provides  for
                            amortization  of the  loan  over a  series  of fixed
                            level  payment   monthly   installments,   but  also
                            requires  a final  fixed  value  payment  due  after
                            payment of such  monthly  installments  which may be
                            satisfied  by (i)  payment  in  full in cash of such
                            amount,  (ii) transfer of the vehicle to the related
                            Originator provided certain conditions are satisfied
                            or (iii)  refinancing  the fixed  value  payment  in
                            accordance with certain conditions.  With respect to
                            Fixed Value  Contracts,  as specified in the related
                            Prospectus   Supplement,   only  the  principal  and
                            interest payments due prior to the final fixed value
                            payment and not the final fixed value payment may be
                            included in the related Trust Fund.

                            Generally,  the "Simple Interest  Contracts" provide
                            for the  amortization  of the amount  financed under
                            the receivable  over a series of fixed level monthly
                            payments.  However, unlike the monthly payment under
                            Rule of 78s Contracts, each monthly payment consists
                            of an installment of interest which is calculated on

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           
                                        9
<PAGE>

                            the basis of the  outstanding  principal  balance of
                            the  receivable  multiplied  by the  stated  APR and
                            further  multiplied  by  the  period  elapsed  (as a
                            fraction  of a calendar  year)  since the  preceding
                            payment  of  interest  was  made.  As  payments  are
                            received  under  a  Simple  Interest  Contract,  the
                            amount received is applied first to interest accrued
                            to the date of payment and the balance is applied to
                            reduce the unpaid principal balance. Accordingly, if
                            an Obligor pays a fixed monthly  installment  before
                            its scheduled  due date,  the portion of the payment
                            allocable  to  interest  for the  period  since  the
                            preceding  payment  was  made  will be less  than it
                            would  have  been  had  the  payment  been  made  as
                            scheduled, and the portion of the payment applied to
                            reduce  the  unpaid   principal   balance   will  be
                            correspondingly greater.  Conversely,  if an Obligor
                            pays a fixed monthly installment after its scheduled
                            due date,  the portion of the payment  allocable  to
                            interest for the period since the preceding  payment
                            was made will be greater than it would have been had
                            the payment been made as scheduled,  and the portion
                            of  the   payment   applied  to  reduce  the  unpaid
                            principal balance will be  correspondingly  less. In
                            either  case,  the  Obligor  pays  a  fixed  monthly
                            installment  until the final scheduled payment date,
                            at which time the amount of the final installment is
                            increased  or  decreased  as  necessary to repay the
                            then outstanding principal balance.

                            If an  Obligor  elects  to  prepay  a  Rule  of  78s
                            Contract in full,  it is entitled to a rebate of the
                            portion  of the  outstanding  balance  then  due and
                            payable attributable to unearned finance charges. If
                            a Simple Interest  Contract is prepaid,  rather than
                            receive a rebate,  the  Obligor is  required  to pay
                            interest only to the date of prepayment.  The amount
                            of a rebate under a Rule of 78s Contract  calculated
                            in  accordance  with the Rule of 78s will  always be
                            less  than had such  rebate  been  calculated  on an
                            actuarial  basis and generally will be less than the
                            remaining  scheduled payments of interest that would
                            be due under a Simple  Interest  Contract  for which
                            all payments were made on schedule. Distributions to
                            Securityholders  may not be  affected by Rule of 78s
                            rebates under the Rule of 78s Contract  because,  as
                            specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, such
                            distributions  may be determined using the actuarial
                            method.

                            The  related  Prospectus   Supplement  will  further
                            describe  the  type  and   characteristics   of  the
                            Contracts  included  in each Trust Fund  relating to
                            the Securities  offered  pursuant to this Prospectus
                            and the related Prospectus Supplement.

                            The  Receivables  comprising  a Trust  Fund  will be
                            acquired   by  the   Depositor   from  the   related
                            Originator;  such  Receivables will have theretofore
                            been either (i) originated by such Originator,  (ii)
                            originated  by  Manufacturers  and  acquired by such
                            Originator, (iii) originated by Dealers and acquired
                            by  such   Originator   or  (iv)  acquired  by  such
                            Originator  from  other  originators  or  owners  of
                            Receivables.

                            With  respect  to the  Receivables  comprising  each
                            Trust  Fund,   the  Depositor   and/or  the  related
                            Originator will acquire the related Receivables from
                            the Originator pursuant to a Receivables Acquisition
                            Agreement  as defined  herein.  The  Depositor  will
                            either transfer such Receivables to a Trust pursuant
                            to a Pooling  Agreement  or pledge  the  Depositor's
                            right, title and interest in and to such Receivables
                            to a Trustee on behalf of  Securityholders  pursuant
                            to an  Indenture.  The  Contracts  transferred  to a

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       10
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            Trust  or  pledged   to  a  Trustee   shall  have  a
                            Discounted   Contract  Balance  (as  defined  below)
                            specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  The
                            rights and benefits of the  Depositor or  Transferor
                            under such Receivables Acquisition Agreement will be
                            assigned  to the  Trustee  on behalf of the  related
                            Securityholders.  The  obligations of the Depositor,
                            the related Originator(s),  the related Servicer(s),
                            the  related  Trustee  and  the  related   Indenture
                            Trustee,  if any, under the related Trust  Agreement
                            include  those  specified  below and in the  related
                            Prospectus Supplement.

                            The "Discounted  Contract  Balance" of a Contract as
                            of any Cut-Off  Date is the present  value of all of
                            the  remaining  payments  scheduled  to be made with
                            respect  to  such  Contract,  discounted  at a  rate
                            specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement and
                            the Trust Agreement.

                            In   addition,   if  so  specified  in  the  related
                            Prospectus  Supplement,  the Trust Fund will include
                            monies on deposit in a segregated trust account (the
                            "Pre-Funding  Account") to be  established  with the
                            related  Trustee,  which  will be  used  to  acquire
                            Additional  Receivables from time to time during the
                            "Pre-Funding   Period"   specified  in  the  related
                            Prospectus  Supplement.  The Pre-Funding Account, if
                            any, will be reduced during the related  Pre-Funding
                            Period  by  the  amount  thereof  used  to  purchase
                            Additional Receivables.  Any amount remaining in the
                            Pre-Funding  Account  at  the  end  of  the  related
                            Pre-Funding   Period  will  be  distributed  to  the
                            related  Securityholders,  pro rata,  on the Payment
                            Date   immediately   following   the   end   of  the
                            Pre-Funding Period.

                            If  and  to  the  extent  provided  in  the  related
                            Prospectus   Supplement,   the  Depositor   will  be
                            obligated (subject only to the availability thereof)
                            to acquire  from the  related  Originator(s)  and to
                            either transfer to a Trust or pledge to a Trustee on
                            behalf of  Securityholders,  additional  Receivables
                            (the  "Additional  Receivables")  from  time to time
                            during  any  Pre-Funding  Period  specified  in  the
                            related Prospectus Supplement.

Registration of Securities. Securities may be  represented by global  securities
                            registered  in the name of Cede & Co.  ("Cede"),  as
                            nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"),  or
                            another nominee. In such case,  Securityholders will
                            not be  entitled  to receive  definitive  securities
                            representing such Securityholders' interests, except
                            in certain  circumstances  described  in the related
                            Prospectus  Supplement.   See  "Description  of  the
                            Securities -- Book Entry Registration" herein.

Credit and Cash Flow
Enhancement ............    If and  to  the  extent  specified  in  the  related
                            Prospectus   Supplement,   credit  enhancement  with
                            respect to a Trust  Fund or any class of  Securities
                            may  include  any one or more  of the  following:  a
                            Policy issued by an insurer specified in the related
                            Prospectus  Supplement  (a  "Security  Insurer"),  a
                            reserve  account,   letters  of  credit,  credit  or
                            liquidity facilities,  third party payments or other
                            support,  cash deposits or other  arrangements.  Any
                            form  of  credit   enhancement   will  have  certain
                            limitations and exclusions from coverage thereunder,
                            which will be  described  in the related  Prospectus
                            Supplement.  See "Description of the Trust Agreement
                            -- Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement."

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       11
                                                        
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Receivables Acquisition
Agreement...............    As more fully  described  in the related  Prospectus
                            Supplement,   the   Depositor   and/or  the  related
                            Originator  will be  obligated  to acquire  from the
                            related  Trust  Fund  any   Receivable   transferred
                            pursuant to a Pooling  Agreement or pledged pursuant
                            to   an   Indenture   if   the   interest   of   the
                            Securityholders   therein  is  materially  adversely
                            affected  by  a  breach  of  any  representation  or
                            warranty  made  by  the  Depositor  or  the  related
                            Originator  with respect to such  Receivable,  which
                            breach has not been  cured.  To the extent  that the
                            Depositor so acquires any  Receivables,  the related
                            Originator   will  be   obligated  to  acquire  such
                            Receivables  from  the  Depositor  pursuant  to  the
                            related    Receivables     Acquisition     Agreement
                            contemporaneously  with the Depositor's  acquisition
                            of such  Receivables from the applicable Trust Fund.
                            The  obligation of the Depositor to acquire any such
                            Receivables   with  respect  to  which  the  related
                            Originator has breached a representation or warranty
                            is subject to the related  Originator's  acquisition
                            of such Receivables from the Depositor. In addition,
                            if  so   specified   in   the   related   Prospectus
                            Supplement,  the  Depositor  may  from  time to time
                            reacquire  certain  Receivables or substitute  other
                            Receivables  for  such  Receivable  held  by a Trust
                            Fund,  subject to specified  conditions set forth in
                            the  related   Trust   Agreement   and   Receivables
                            Acquisition Agreement.

Servicer's Compensation..   The Servicer  shall be entitled to receive a fee for
                            servicing  the Contracts of each Trust Fund equal to
                            a  specified  percentage  of the value of the assets
                            held in the related  Trust Fund, as set forth in the
                            related Prospectus  Supplement.  See "Description of
                            the  Trust  Agreements  --  Servicing  Compensation"
                            herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Certain Legal Aspects
of the Receivables......    With respect to the transfer of the Contracts to the
                            related Trust pursuant to a Pooling Agreement or the
                            pledge  of the  related  Issuer's  right,  title and
                            interest  in and to  such  Contracts  on  behalf  of
                            Securityholders   pursuant  to  an  Indenture,   the
                            Depositor  will  warrant,  in each  case,  that such
                            transfer is either a valid  transfer and  assignment
                            of the  Contracts  to the  Trust  or the  grant of a
                            security interest in the Contracts.  Each Prospectus
                            Supplement  will  specify what actions will be taken
                            by which  parties  as will be  required  to  perfect
                            either the Issuer's or the Securityholders' security
                            interest in the  Contracts.  The  Depositor may also
                            warrant that, if the transfer or pledge by it to the
                            Trust or to the  Securityholders  is  deemed to be a
                            grant to the  Trust or to the  Securityholders  of a
                            security interest in the Contracts, then the related
                            Issuer  or the  Securityholders  will  have a  first
                            priority perfected security interest therein, except
                            for   certain   liens  which  have   priority   over
                            previously perfected security interests by operation
                            of  law,  and,  with  certain  exceptions,   in  the
                            proceeds  thereof.  Similar  security  interest  and
                            priority   representations   and   warranties,    as
                            described in the related Prospectus Supplement,  may
                            also be made by the  Depositor  with  respect to the
                            Vehicles.

                            In connection with the  establishment of each Trust,
                            the  related  Servicer  and/or  Originator  will  be
                            required  (to the  extent  not done  previously)  to
                            deliver  to the  appropriate  motor  vehicle  agency
                            office in the  related  states  duly  completed  and
                            executed   applications  for  (a)  transfer  of  the
                            certificates of title to the related Leased Vehicles
                            from the related  Originator  (unless the Originator
                            itself is a Finance  Subsidiary) to either a Finance

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       12
                                                         

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            Subsidiary  of  the  Originator  or to  the  related
                            Trust,  (b) release of any prior  liens  recorded on
                            such certificates of title and (c) in the event that
                            the  Leased  Vehicles  are  titled  in the name of a
                            Finance  Subsidiary and not the Trust, a notation of
                            lien  in  favor  of  the  related  Trustee  on  such
                            certificates  of  title,   except,   to  the  extent
                            described in the related Prospectus Supplement, that
                            the laws of any particular state do not require such
                            a lien  notation to be made to perfect the Trustee's
                            security interest. Various liens and interests could
                            be  imposed  upon or all part of the  related  Trust
                            Fund that, by operation of law,  would take priority
                            over  the  Trustee's   interest   thereon,   however
                            perfected.  Such  liens  include  tax liens  arising
                            against the  Originator,  the Finance  Subsidiary or
                            the Issuer, mechanic's, repairman's, garagemen's and
                            motor vehicle  accident  liens and certain liens for
                            personal  property  taxes, in each case arising with
                            respect to a particular  Leased  Vehicle,  and liens
                            arising  under  various  state and federal  criminal
                            statutes.   See  "Certain   Legal   Aspects  of  the
                            Receivables."

                            See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables."

Optional Termination....    The related Servicer,  the related  Originator,  the
                            Depositor,   or,  if   specified   in  the   related
                            Prospectus  Supplement,  certain other entities may,
                            at their respective options, effect early retirement
                            of a series of  Securities  under the  circumstances
                            and in the manner set forth  herein under "The Trust
                            Agreement -  Termination;  Retirement of Securities"
                            and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Mandatory Termination...    The Trustee,  the related  Servicer or certain other
                            entities   specified   in  the  related   Prospectus
                            Supplement   may  be   required   to  effect   early
                            retirement  of all or any  portion  of a  series  of
                            Securities  by soliciting  competitive  bids for the
                            purchase  of the  related  Trust Fund or  otherwise,
                            under   other   circumstances   and  in  the  manner
                            specified  in "The Trust  Agreement  -  Termination;
                            Retirement  of   Securities"   and  in  the  related
                            Prospectus Supplement.

Tax Considerations......    Securities of each series  offered  hereby will, for
                            federal income tax purposes,  constitute  either (i)
                            interests  in a Trust  treated  as a  grantor  trust
                            under  applicable  provisions of the Code  ("Grantor
                            Trust  Securities"),  (ii) debt issued by a Trust or
                            by  the  Depositor  ("Debt   Securities")  or  (iii)
                            interests   in  a  Trust   which  is  treated  as  a
                            partnership ("Partnership Interests").

                            The   Prospectus   Supplement  for  each  series  of
                            Securities   will   summarize,    subject   to   the
                            limitations  stated  therein,   federal  income  tax
                            considerations  relevant to the purchase,  ownership
                            and disposition of such Securities.

                            Investors  are advised to consult their tax advisors
                            and to review "Certain  Federal and State Income Tax
                            Consequences" in the related Prospectus Supplement.

ERISA Considerations....    The   Prospectus   Supplement  for  each  series  of
                            Securities   will   summarize,    subject   to   the
                            limitations discussed therein,  considerations under
                            the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
                            as amended  ("ERISA"),  relevant to the  purchase of
                            such  Securities  by  employee   benefit  plans  and
                            individual    retirement   accounts.    See   "ERISA
                            Considerations"    in   the    related    Prospectus
                            Supplement.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       13
                                                         

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratings.................    Each Class of  Securities  offered  pursuant to this
                            Prospectus  and the  related  Prospectus  Supplement
                            will be  rated  in one of the  four  highest  rating
                            categories  by one  or  more  "national  statistical
                            rating organizations",  as defined in the Securities
                            Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange
                            Act"),   and   commonly   referred   to  as  "Rating
                            Agencies". Such ratings will address, in the opinion
                            of such Rating  Agencies,  the  likelihood  that the
                            Issuer  will be able to make  timely  payment of all
                            amounts due on the related  Securities in accordance
                            with the terms  thereof.  Such  ratings will neither
                            address  any  prepayment  or  yield   considerations
                            applicable  to  any   Securities  nor  constitute  a
                            recommendation to buy, sell or hold any Securities.

                            The ratings  expected to be received with respect to
                            any  Securities  will be set  forth  in the  related
                            Prospectus Supplement.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               14
                                                          

<PAGE>

                             SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

     Prospective  Securityholders  should  consider,  among  other  things,  the
following factors in connection with the purchase of the Securities:

     Limited  Liquidity.  There can be no assurance that a secondary  market for
the Securities of any series or Class will develop or, if it does develop,  that
it will provide  Securityholders  with  liquidity of  investment or that it will
continue for the life of such  Securities.  The  Prospectus  Supplement  for any
series of Securities may indicate that an underwriter  specified therein intends
to establish and maintain a secondary  market in such  Securities;  however,  no
underwriter will be obligated to do so. The Securities will not be listed on any
securities exchange.

     Ownership of Contracts.  In  connection  with the issuance of any series of
Securities,  the related Originator(s) will transfer Contracts to the Depositor.
The related  Originator(s) will warrant in a Receivables  Acquisition  Agreement
that the transfer of the Contracts by it to the Depositor is a valid assignment,
transfer and conveyance of such Contracts. The Depositor will warrant in a Trust
Agreement (a) if the Depositor or the related  Originator(s) retain title to the
Contracts,  that the  Trustee  for the  benefit of  Securityholders  has a valid
security  interest in such  Contracts,  or (b) if the Depositor  transfers  such
Contracts to a Trust, that the transfer of the Contracts to such Trust is either
a valid assignment, transfer and conveyance of the Contracts to the Trust or the
Trustee on behalf of the  Securityholders  has a valid security interest in such
Contracts. As to be described in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the related
Trust  Agreement  will  provide  either  that the  Trustee  will be  required to
maintain  possession  of the original  copies of all Contracts  that  constitute
chattel paper or that the Depositor,  the related  Originator(s)  or the related
Servicer  will retain  possession of such  Contracts;  provided that in case the
Depositor or an  Originator  retains  possession of the related  Contracts,  the
Servicer  may take  possession  of such  original  copies as  necessary  for the
enforcement  of any Contract.  If any Contracts  remain in the possession of the
Depositor  or an  Originator,  the related  Prospectus  Supplement  may describe
specific  trigger  events  that will  require  delivery to the  Trustee.  If the
Depositor,  the Servicer, the Trustee, an Originator or other third party, while
in possession of the Contracts,  sells or pledges and delivers such Contracts to
another  party,  in violation of the  Receivables  Acquisition  Agreement or the
Trust Agreement, there is a risk that such other party could acquire an interest
in such Contracts having a priority over the Issuer's interest.  Furthermore, if
the Depositor, the Servicer, an Originator or a third party, while in possession
of the Contracts, is rendered insolvent,  such event of insolvency may result in
competing  claims to ownership or security  interests in the Contracts.  Such an
attempt,  even if  unsuccessful,  could  result  in delays  in  payments  on the
Securities.  If  successful,   such  attempt  could  result  in  losses  to  the
Securityholders  or an  acceleration  of the  repayment of the  Securities.  The
related  Originator(s) and the Depositor will make certain  representations  and
warranties  with respect to the ownership of the Contracts as of the date of the
transfer  to the  Depositor  and the Trust,  if any,  respectively.  The related
Originator will be obligated to acquire any Contract from the related Trust Fund
if there is a breach of such  representations  and  warranties  that  materially
adversely  affects the  interests of the Depositor or the Trust in such Contract
and such breach has not been cured.

     Perfection  of the  Trustee's  Interests.  Contracts.  The  transfer of the
Contracts  by  the  related  Originators  to  the  Depositor  pursuant  to  each
Receivables  Acquisition  Agreement  and then by the  Depositor  to the  Trustee
pursuant  to the  related  Trust  Agreement,  the  perfection  of  the  security
interests  in the  Contracts  and the  enforcement  of rights to  realize on the
Contracts  are subject to a number of federal and state laws,  including the UCC
as in effect in various states. As specified in each Prospectus Supplement,  the
related  Servicer  will take such action as is required to perfect the rights of
the Trustee in the Contracts.  If, through  inadvertence  or otherwise,  a third
party  were to  purchase  (including  the taking of a  security  interest  in) a
Contract for new value in the ordinary  course of its business,  without  actual
knowledge  of the Trust's  interest,  and take  possession  of a  Contract,  the
purchaser would acquire an interest in such Contract superior to the interest of
the Trust. As further specified in each Prospectus Supplement, no action will be
taken to perfect  the rights of the  Trustee in  proceeds  of the VSI  Insurance
Policy  or of any other  insurance  policies  covering  individual  Vehicles  or
Obligors.  Therefore,  the  rights of a third  party  with an  interest  in such
proceeds  could  prevail  against the rights of the Trust prior to the time such


                                       15
                                                           

<PAGE>

proceeds  are  deposited  by the  related  Servicer  into a Trust  Account.  See
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts".

     Leased Vehicles. The Leased Vehicles will be titled in the name of either a
Finance  Subsidiary  (which may be an  Originator) or in the name of the related
Trust.  In the event that such Leased Vehicles are not titled in the name of the
related Trust, a notation of lien in favor of the related Trustee on the related
certificates  of  title  will  be  filed.  See  "Certain  Legal  Aspects  of the
Receivables".

     Restrictions on Recoveries.  Unless  specific  limitations are described on
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  with  respect to specific  Contracts,  all
Contracts  will provide that the  obligations  of the  Obligors  thereunder  are
absolute and  unconditional,  regardless  of any  defense,  set-off or abatement
which the Obligor may have against the related Originator or any other person or
entity whatsoever.  The Originators will warrant that no claims or defenses have
been  asserted  or  threatened  with  respect  to the  Contracts  and  that  all
requirements  of  applicable  law  with  respect  to  the  Contracts  have  been
satisfied.

     In the event that the  Depositor or the Trustee  must rely on  repossession
and  disposition  of Vehicles to recover  scheduled  payments  due on  Defaulted
Contracts,  the Issuer may not realize the full amount due on a Contract (or may
not realize the full amount on a timely  basis).  Other  factors that may affect
the ability of the Issuer to realize  the full amount due on a Contract  include
whether  amendments to  certificates  of title relating to the Vehicles had been
filed,  whether  financing  statements  to perfect the security  interest in the
Vehicles  had been  filed,  depreciation,  obsolescence,  damage  or loss of any
Vehicle,  and the  application  of Federal and state  bankruptcy  and insolvency
laws.  As a result,  the  Securityholders  may be subject to delays in receiving
payments and suffer loss of their investment in the Securities.

     Insolvency  and  Bankruptcy  Matters.  The  Depositor  will  take  steps in
structuring  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby that are intended to ensure
that  the  voluntary  or  involuntary  application  for  relief  by the  related
Originator or the Depositor (the  Originators and the  Depositors,  collectively
for these  purposes,  "Debtors")  under the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Code or
similar applicable state laws ("Insolvency  Laws") will not result in the assets
of the related Trust Fund becoming property of the estate of a Debtor within the
meaning of such Insolvency Laws. Such steps will generally  involve the creation
by the related  Originator of a separate,  limited-purpose  subsidiary  (each, a
"Finance Subsidiary")  pursuant to articles of incorporation  containing certain
limitations  (including  restrictions on the nature of such Finance Subsidiary's
business and a restriction  on such Finance  Subsidiary's  ability to commence a
voluntary  case or  proceeding  under  any  Insolvency  Law  without  the  prior
unanimous  affirmative  vote of all its  directors).  However,  there  can be no
assurance  that the activities of any Finance  Subsidiary  would not result in a
court's  concluding that the assets and  liabilities of such Finance  Subsidiary
should be  consolidated  with those of the related  Originator  in a  proceeding
under any Insolvency Law.

     Except  to  the  extent  otherwise  described  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement, each Receivables Acquisition Agreement and each Trust Agreement will
generally require that the related Originator contribute the related Receivables
to a Finance  Subsidiary,  which  will then  transfer  such  Receivables  to the
Depositor which in turn will transfer such  Receivables to an Issuer.  Except as
otherwise described in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Equity Interest in
a Trust Fund will be transferred to the related Finance Subsidiary.

     With respect to each Trust Fund, the Trustee and all  Securityholders  will
covenant that they will not at any time  institute  against the Depositor or the
related Finance  Subsidiary any bankruptcy,  reorganization  or other proceeding
under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

     For purposes of this Prospectus,  the term  "Originator"  includes the term
"Finance  Subsidiary."  In addition,  while an Originator is the Servicer,  cash
collections  held by such  Originator  may,  subject to certain  conditions,  be
commingled  and used for the benefit of such  Originator  prior to each  Payment
Date and, in the event of the bankruptcy of such  Originator,  the Depositor,  a
Trust or Trustee may not have a perfected interest in such collections.


                                       16
                                                          

<PAGE>

     The  Depositor  believes  that  the  transfer  of  the  Receivables  by  an
Originator or its Finance  Subsidiary  to the  Depositor  should be treated as a
valid assignment,  transfer and conveyance of such Receivables.  However, in the
event of an insolvency of such Originator,  a court, among other remedies, could
attempt to recharacterize  the transfer of the Receivables by such Originator to
the Depositor as a borrowing by the Originator from the Depositor or the related
Securityholders,  secured by a pledge of such Receivables. Such an attempt, even
if unsuccessful,  could result in delays in payments on the Securities.  If such
an attempt  were  successful,  a court,  among  other  remedies,  could elect to
accelerate  payment of the  Securities and liquidate the  Receivables,  with the
Securityholders  entitled to the then  outstanding  principal amount thereof and
interest  thereon  at the  applicable  Security  Interest  Rate  to the  date of
payment.  Thus, the  Securityholders  could lose the right to future payments of
interest and might incur  reinvestment  losses.  As more fully  described in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  in the event the  related  Issuer is  rendered
insolvent, the Trustee for a Trust, in accordance with the Trust Agreement, will
promptly sell,  dispose of or otherwise  liquidate the related  Receivables in a
commercially  reasonable  manner on commercially  reasonable terms. The proceeds
from any such sale,  disposition  or  liquidation  of such  Receivables  will be
treated as collections on such Receivables. If the proceeds from the liquidation
of the Receivables and any amount available from any credit enhancement, if any,
are not  sufficient to pay  Securities of the related series in full, the amount
of  principal  returned  to  such  Securityholders  will  be  reduced  and  such
Securityholders will incur a loss.

     Obligors of the  Vehicles  may be  entitled  to assert  against the related
Originator,  the Depositor, or the Trust, if any, claims and defenses which they
have against such Originator with respect to the Receivables.  The Originator(s)
will warrant that no such claims or defenses  have been  asserted or  threatened
with respect to the Receivables and that all requirements of applicable law with
respect to the Receivables have been satisfied.

     Insurance  on  Vehicles.  Each  Receivable  generally  requires the related
Obligor to  maintain  insurance  covering  physical  damage to the Vehicle in an
amount not less than the unpaid principal balance of such Receivable pursuant to
which the Originator is named as a loss payee.  Since the Obligors  select their
own  insurers  to  provide  the  requisite  coverage,  the  specific  terms  and
conditions of their policies may vary.

     In  addition  to  physical  damage  insurance  which may be  required to be
maintained  by the  Obligors  pursuant  to the  Receivables,  each  Vehicle,  as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  may be insured against physical
damage risks by a policy of vendor's single interest  physical damage  insurance
(the "VSI  Insurance  Policy")  which  provides  limited  coverage  (subject  to
deductibles)  for,  among other  things,  (i)  physical  loss or damage from any
external  cause to such vehicle and (ii) inability to locate such vehicle or the
related  Obligor.  The VSI Insurance Policy  generally  provides  coverage in an
amount  equal to the lowest of: (i) the actual cash value of such Vehicle at the
time of loss or damage,  plus $3,000;  (ii) the cost of repair or replacement of
such Vehicle;  (iii) the unpaid principal  balance,  not more than 120 days past
due, computed as of the date of loss, of the related Receivable,  less interest,
insurance,  finance and other carrying charges;  and (iv) $50,000.  Accordingly,
recovery  under  the VSI  Insurance  Policy  may be less  than  the  outstanding
principal and interest due on the related  Receivable.  In the event of any such
shortfall,  to the extent such  shortfall  is not covered by credit  support (as
specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement)  Securityholders could suffer a
loss on their investment.

     Delinquencies.  There can be no  assurance  that the  historical  levels of
delinquencies and losses  experienced by the related Originator on its equipment
lease portfolio will be indicative of the performance of the Contracts  included
in any Trust Fund or that such levels will continue in the future. Delinquencies
and losses could increase  significantly for various reasons,  including changes
in the  federal  income tax laws,  changes in the local,  regional  or  national
economies or due to other events.

     Subordination;  Limited  Assets.  To the extent  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  distributions of interest and principal on one Class of
Securities  of a series may be  subordinated  in priority of payment to interest
and principal due on other Classes of Securities of a related series.  Moreover,
each Trust Fund will not have,  nor is it  permitted  or expected  to have,  any
significant  assets or sources of funds other than the related  Receivables and,
to the extent  provided  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a  Pre-Funding

                                       17
                                                           

<PAGE>

Account,  the related  reserve  account and any other  credit  enhancement.  The
Securities represent  obligations solely of the related Trust or debt secured by
the related Trust Fund,  and will not  represent a recourse  obligation to other
assets of the related  Originator(s)  or of the Depositor.  No Securities of any
series will be insured or  guaranteed  by any  Originator,  the  Depositor,  the
Servicer, or the applicable Trustee. Consequently,  holders of the Securities of
any series must rely for repayment  primarily  upon payments on the  Receivables
and,  if and to the extent  available,  amounts  on  deposit in the  Pre-Funding
Account,  if any, the reserve account, if any, and any other credit enhancement,
all as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     Master Trusts. As may be described in the related Prospectus Supplement,  a
Master  Trust may issue from time to time more than one series.  While the terms
of any additional series will be specified in a supplement to the related Master
Trust Agreement,  the provisions of such supplement and, therefore, the terms of
any  additional  series,  will not be subject to prior review by, or consent of,
holders of the Securities of any series  previously issued by such Master Trust.
Such terms may include methods for determining  applicable investor  percentages
and allocating collections, provisions creating different or additional security
or credit  enhancements  and any other provisions which are made applicable only
to such series. The obligation of the related Trustee to issue any new series is
subject to the  condition,  among others,  that such issuance will not result in
any Rating Agency  reducing or  withdrawing  its rating of the Securities of any
outstanding  series (any such reduction or withdrawal is referred to herein as a
"Ratings  Effect").  There can be no assurance,  however,  that the terms of any
series might not have an impact on the timing or amount of payments  received by
a  Securityholder  of  another  series  issued  by the same  Master  Trust.  See
"Description of the Securities -- Master Trusts."

     Book-Entry Registration.  Issuance of the Securities in book-entry form may
reduce the liquidity of such  Securities in the secondary  trading  market since
investors may be unwilling to purchase  Securities  for which they cannot obtain
definitive physical  securities  representing such  Securityholders'  interests,
except in certain circumstances described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     Since  transactions  in  Securities  will,  in  most  cases,  be able to be
effected only through DTC, direct or indirect  participants in DTC's  book-entry
system ("Direct Participants" or "Indirect  Participants") or certain banks, the
ability of a Securityholder  to pledge a Security to persons or entities that do
not  participate  in the DTC system,  or otherwise to take actions in respect to
such Securities,  may be limited due to lack of a physical security representing
the Securities.

     Securityholders may experience some delay in their receipt of distributions
of  interest on and  principal  of the  Securities  since  distributions  may be
required to be  forwarded  by the Trustee to DTC and, in such case,  DTC will be
required to credit such  distributions to the accounts of its Participants which
thereafter  will be required to credit  them to the  accounts of the  applicable
class  of  Securityholders   either  directly  or  indirectly  through  Indirect
Participants. See "Description of the Securities -- Book Entry Registration."

     Security  Rating.  The rating of Securities  credit enhanced by a letter of
credit,  financial guaranty insurance policy,  reserve fund, credit or liquidity
facilities,  cash  deposits or other forms of credit  enhancement  (collectively
"Credit  Enhancement")  will depend  primarily  on the  creditworthiness  of the
issuer of such external Credit  Enhancement  device (a "Credit  Enhancer").  Any
reduction  in the rating  assigned to the  claims-paying  ability of the related
Credit Enhancer to honor its obligations pursuant to any such Credit Enhancement
below the rating  initially  given to the  Securities  would likely  result in a
reduction in the rating of the Securities.

     Maturity  and  Prepayment  Considerations.  Because  the rate of payment of
principal on the  Securities  will depend,  among other  things,  on the rate of
payment  on the  related  Contracts,  the rate of payment  of  principal  on the
Securities cannot be predicted. Payments on the Contracts will include scheduled
payments as well as partial  and full  prepayments  (to the extent not  replaced
with  substitute   Contracts),   payments  upon  the  liquidation  of  Defaulted
Contracts,  payments upon  acquisitions by the related  Originator,  the related
Servicer or the Depositor of Contracts from the related Trust Fund on account of
a  breach  of  certain  representations  and  warranties  in the  related  Trust
Agreement,  payments upon an optional acquisition by the related Originator, the

                                       18
                                                           

<PAGE>

related Servicer or the Depositor of Contracts from the related Trust Fund  (any
such voluntary or involuntary prepayment or other early payment of a Contract, a
"Prepayment"),  and  residual  payments.  The  rate  of  early  terminations  of
Contracts  due to  Prepayments  and defaults may be  influenced  by a variety of
economic and other factors, including, among others, obsolescence,  then current
economic   conditions   and  tax   considerations.   The  risk  of   reinvesting
distributions  of  the  principal  of  the  Securities  will  be  borne  by  the
Securityholders.  The  yield to  maturity  on  Strip  Securities  or  Securities
purchased at premiums or  discounts  to par will be  extremely  sensitive to the
rate of  Prepayments  on the  related  Receivables.  In  addition,  the yield to
maturity  on  certain  other  types of classes of  Securities,  including  Strip
Securities,  Accrual  Securities or certain other Classes in a series  including
more than one Class of Securities,  may be relatively more sensitive to the rate
of prepayment of the related Contracts than other Classes of Securities.

     The Depositor does not have available to it any statistics as to prepayment
rates  historically  experienced in the equipment leasing industry.  The rate of
Prepayments of Contracts cannot be predicted and is influenced by a wide variety
of economic, social, and other factors, including prevailing interest rates, the
availability of alternate financing and local and regional economic  conditions.
Therefore, no assurance can be given as to the level of Prepayments that a Trust
Fund will experience.

     Securityholders  should consider,  in the case of Securities purchased at a
discount,  the risk that a slower than  anticipated  rate of  Prepayments on the
Receivables  could result in an actual  yield that is less than the  anticipated
yield and, in the case of any Securities purchased at a premium, the risk that a
faster than anticipated  rate of Prepayments on the Receivables  could result in
an actual yield that is less than the anticipated yield.


                                 THE TRUST FUNDS

     The property of each Trust Fund will  include,  as specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  (i) a pool of Receivables,  (ii) all moneys  (including
accrued interest) due thereunder on or after the applicable  Cut-off Date, (iii)
such  amounts  as  from  time  to  time  may be  held  in one or  more  accounts
established  and  maintained  by the  Servicer  pursuant  to the  related  Trust
Agreement, as described below and in the related Prospectus Supplement, (iv) the
security  interests,   if  any,  in  the  Vehicles  relating  to  such  pool  of
Receivables,  (v) the right to proceeds from claims on physical damage policies,
if any, covering such Vehicles or the related Obligors, as the case may be, (vi)
the proceeds of any  repossessed  Vehicles  related to such pool of Receivables,
(vii) the rights of the  Depositor  under the  related  Receivables  Acquisition
Agreement and (viii) interest earned on certain  short-term  investments held by
such Trust Fund, unless the related  Prospectus  Supplement  specifies that such
earnings may be paid to the related  Servicer or  Originator(s).  The Trust Fund
will also include, if so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  monies
on  deposit  in a  Pre-Funding  Account,  which  will be used by the  Trustee to
acquire or receive a security  interest in Additional  Receivables  from time to
time  during  the  Pre-Funding   Period  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  In  addition,  to the extent  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  some combination of Credit Enhancements may be issued to or held by
the Trustee on behalf of the  related  Trust Fund for the benefit of the holders
of one ore more classes of Securities.

     The Receivables  comprising a Trust Fund will, as specifically described in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  be either (i)  originated  by the related
Originator, (ii) originated by various Manufacturers and acquired by the related
Originator,  (iii)  originated  by various  Dealers and  acquired by the related
Originator or (iv) acquired by the related Originator from originators or owners
of Receivables.

     Each Trust Fund will include  Receivables with respect to which the related
Contracts are "chattel paper" within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code,
as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction,  and the related Vehicles are subject
to federal or state registration or titling requirements under the motor vehicle
laws of such jurisdiction.  No Trust Fund will include  Receivables with respect
to which the  underlying  Contracts  or  Vehicles  relate  to office  equipment,
aircraft,  ships or boats, firearms or other weapons,  railroad rolling stock or


                                       19
                                                          

<PAGE>

facilities  such  as  factories,   warehouses  or  plants  subject to state laws
governing  the manner in which  title or security  interest in real  property is
determined or perfected.

     The  Receivables  will  be  acquired  by the  Depositor  from  the  related
Originator  pursuant  to  a  Receivables   Acquisition   Agreement  between  the
Originator and the Depositor (each, a "Receivables Acquisition Agreement").  The
Receivables  included in each Trust Fund will be selected from those Receivables
held by the Originators based on the criteria  specified in the applicable Trust
Agreement and described herein or in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     With respect to each series of Securities,  on or prior to the Closing Date
on which the  Securities  are delivered to  Securityholders,  the Depositor will
form a Trust Fund by either (i)  transferring  the  related  Receivables  into a
Trust  pursuant to a Trust  Agreement  between the  Depositor and the Trustee or
(ii)  entering  into an  Indenture  with an Indenture  Trustee,  relating to the
issuance of such Securities, secured by the related Receivables.

      The  Receivables  comprising  each  Trust  Fund will  generally  have been
originated by the related  Originator(s) or acquired by such  Originator(s) from
Vendors or from other lessors in accordance with such Originator's(s') specified
underwriting  criteria.  The underwriting criteria applicable to the Receivables
included in any Trust Fund will be  described  in all  material  respects in the
related Prospectus Supplement.


                                   THE ISSUERS

     With  respect to each  series of  Securities,  the  Depositor  will  either
establish a separate  Trust that will issue such  Securities,  or the  Depositor
will  issue  such  Securities,  in  each  case  pursuant  to the  related  Trust
Agreement.   For  purposes  of  this  Prospectus  and  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement,  the Depositor,  if the Depositor issues the related Securities,  or
the related Trust, if a Trust issues the related  Securities,  shall be referred
to as the "Issuer" with respect to such Securities.

     Upon the issuance of the  Securities of a given  series,  the proceeds from
such issuance  will be used by the Depositor to acquire the related  Receivables
from the related  Originator.  The  related  Servicer  will  service the related
Receivables  pursuant  to  the  applicable  Servicing  Agreement,  and  will  be
compensated for acting as the Servicer.  To facilitate servicing and to minimize
administrative burden and expense, the Servicers may be appointed custodians for
the related  Receivables by each Trustee and the Depositor,  as may be set forth
in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     If the protection  provided to the  Securityholders of a given class by the
subordination  of  another  Class  of  Securities  of  such  series  and  by the
availability  of the funds in the reserve  account,  if any, or any other Credit
Enhancement for such series is insufficient,  the Issuer must rely solely on the
payments from the Obligors on the related  Contracts,  and the proceeds from the
sale of Vehicles  which secure or are leased under the Defaulted  Contracts.  In
such event,  certain factors may affect such Issuer's  ability to realize on the
collateral  securing  such  Contracts,  and thus may reduce the  proceeds  to be
distributed to the Securityholders of such series.


                                 THE RECEIVABLES

Receivables Pools

     Information  with respect to the Receivables in each Trust Fund will be set
forth in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  including,  the  identity of the
related   Originator(s),   the  related  underwriting  criteria  and  collection
policies,  together  with, to the extent  appropriate,  the  composition of such
Receivables and the distribution of such Receivables by equipment type,  payment
frequency and current principal balance as of the applicable Cut-off Date.


                                       20
                                                          

<PAGE>

The Contracts

     As  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Contracts  may
consist of any  combination of Rule of 78s Contracts,  Fixed Value  Contracts or
Simple Interest  Contracts.  Generally,  Rule of 78s Contracts provide for fixed
level monthly  payments which will amortize the full amount of the Contract over
its term. The Rule of 78s Contracts provide for allocation of payments according
to the "sum of periodic balances" or "sum of monthly payments" method. Each Rule
of 78s  Contract  provides  for the payment by the Obligor of a specified  total
amount of  payments,  payable in monthly  installments  on the related due date,
which total  represents the principal  amount financed and finance charges in an
amount  calculated  on the basis of a stated APR for the term of such  Contract.
The rate at which such amount of finance charges is earned and, correspondingly,
the  amount  of  each  fixed  monthly  payment  allocated  to  reduction  of the
outstanding  principal  balance  of  the  related  Contract  are  calculated  in
accordance  with the Rule of 78s.  Under the Rule of 78s,  the  portion  of each
payment allocable to interest is higher during the early months of the term of a
Contract and lower  during later months than that under a constant  yield method
for allocating  payments  between  interest and principal.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  as  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  all payments
received by the related  Servicer on or in respect of the Rule of 78s  Contracts
may be allocated on an actuarial basis.

     Generally,  the Fixed Value Contracts  provide for monthly  payments with a
final fixed value payment which is greater than the scheduled  monthly payments.
A Fixed Value Contract  provides for  amortization  of the loan over a series of
fixed level payment monthly installments,  but also requires a final fixed value
payment due after payment of such monthly installments which may be satisfied by
(i) payment in full in cash of such amount,  (ii) transfer of the vehicle to the
related   Originator   provided  certain   conditions  are  satisfied  or  (iii)
refinancing the fixed value payment in accordance with certain conditions.  With
respect  to Fixed  Value  Contracts,  as  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  only the  principal  and  interest  payments due prior to the final
fixed value payment and not the final fixed value payment may be included in the
related Trust Fund.

     Generally,  the Simple Interest  Contracts  provide for the amortization of
the amount  financed under the  receivable  over a series of fixed level monthly
payments.  However, unlike the monthly payment under Rule of 78s Contracts, each
monthly  payment  consists of an  installment of interest which is calculated on
the basis of the outstanding  principal balance of the receivable  multiplied by
the stated APR and further  multiplied by the period elapsed (as a fraction of a
calendar year) since the preceding payment of interest was made. As payments are
received under a Simple Interest Contract,  the amount received is applied first
to interest  accrued to the date of payment and the balance is applied to reduce
the unpaid principal  balance.  Accordingly,  if an Obligor pays a fixed monthly
installment  before its scheduled due date, the portion of the payment allocable
to interest  for the period  since the  preceding  payment was made will be less
than it would have been had the payment been made as scheduled,  and the portion
of  the  payment  applied  to  reduce  the  unpaid  principal  balance  will  be
correspondingly  greater.  Conversely,  if  an  Obligor  pays  a  fixed  monthly
installment  after its scheduled due date, the portion of the payment  allocable
to interest for the period since the preceding  payment was made will be greater
than it would have been had the payment been made as scheduled,  and the portion
of  the  payment  applied  to  reduce  the  unpaid  principal  balance  will  be
correspondingly  less.  In  either  case,  the  Obligor  pays  a  fixed  monthly
installment  until the final scheduled payment date, at which time the amount of
the final  installment  is increased or decreased as necessary to repay the then
outstanding principal balance.

     If an  Obligor  elects  to  prepay a Rule of 78s  Contract  in full,  it is
entitled  to a rebate of the  portion of the  outstanding  balance  then due and
payable  attributable to unearned finance charges. If a Simple Interest Contract
is  prepaid,  rather  than  receive a rebate,  the  Obligor is  required  to pay
interest only to the date of prepayment.  The amount of a rebate under a Rule of
78s Contract  calculated in accordance  with the Rule of 78s will always be less
than had such rebate been calculated on an actuarial basis and generally will be
less than the remaining scheduled payments of interest that would be due under a
Simple  Interest  Contract  for  which  all  payments  were  made  on  schedule.
Distributions  to  Securityholders  may not be  affected  by Rule of 78s rebates
under the Rule of 78s Contract because,  as specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement, such distributions may be determined using the actuarial method.


                                       21
                                                           

<PAGE>

Delinquencies, Repossessions, and Net Losses

     Certain  information  relating  to the  related  Originator's  delinquency,
repossession and net loss experience with respect to Contracts it has originated
or acquired will be set forth in each Prospectus  Supplement.  This  information
may include, among other things, the experience with respect to all Contracts in
such  Originator's   portfolio  during  certain  specified  periods,   including
Contracts  which may not meet the criteria for selection as a Receivable for any
particular  Trust  Fund.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  delinquency,
repossession and net loss experience on any Trust Fund will be comparable to the
related Originator's prior experience.

Maturity and Prepayment Considerations

     As more fully described in the related Prospectus Supplement, if a Contract
permits a Prepayment, such payment, together with accelerated payments resulting
from  defaults,  will shorten the  weighted  average life of the related pool of
Receivables and the weighted average life of the related Securities. The rate of
Prepayments  on the  Receivables  may be  influenced  by a variety of  economic,
financial  and other  factors.  In addition,  under certain  circumstances,  the
Depositor or the related  Originator  will be  obligated to acquire  Receivables
from the  related  Trust Fund  pursuant to the  applicable  Trust  Agreement  or
Receivables Acquisition Agreement as a result of breaches of representations and
warranties.   Any   reinvestment   risks  resulting  from  a  faster  or  slower
amortization of the related  Securities  which results from  Prepayments will be
borne entirely by the related Securityholders.

     The  related  Prospectus  Supplement  will  set  forth  certain  additional
information   with  respect  to  the  maturity  and  prepayment   considerations
applicable  to a  particular  pool of  Receivables  and the  related  series  of
Securities, together with a description of any applicable prepayment penalties.

Acquisition of Receivables From Originators

     The  Receivables  underlying a Series of Securities will be acquired by the
Depositor,  either directly or through  affiliates (such as a Transferor),  from
the related Originator pursuant to a Receivables  Acquisition  Agreement between
the Depositor or such affiliate and each such Originator.

     The  Depositor  expects  that,  unless  otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  each Receivable so acquired will have been originated by
the Originator thereof in accordance with the underwriting criteria specified in
such  Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  applicable
Prospectus  Supplement,  each Originator  will be an institution  experienced in
originating and servicing  equipment leases in accordance with accepted industry
practices and prudent  guidelines.  Unless otherwise  provided in the applicable
Prospectus  Supplement,  each  Originator  pursuant to the  related  Receivables
Acquisition  Agreement will make certain  representations  and warranties to the
Depositor  in respect of the related  Receivables;  the  material  terms of such
representations  and  warranties  will be set  forth in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable  Prospectus  Supplement
with respect to each Series, the Depositor will assign all of its rights (except
certain  rights of  indemnification)  and  interest in the  related  Receivables
Acquisition   Agreement   to  the  related   Trustee  for  the  benefit  of  the
Securityholders  of such Series, and the Originator shall thereupon be liable to
the Trustee for  defective  or missing  documents  or an uncured  breach of such
Originator's  representations  or  warranties,  to the extent  described  in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

Forward Commitments; Pre-Funding

     A Trust may enter into an agreement (each, a "Forward Purchase  Agreement")
with the  Depositor  whereby the  Depositor  will agree to  transfer  Additional
Receivables to such Trust  following the date on which such Trust is established
and the related Securities are issued. The Trust may enter into Forward Purchase
Agreements to permit the acquisition of Additional Receivables that could not be
delivered  by the  Depositor  or have not  formally  completed  the  origination
process,  in each case,  prior to the date on which the Securities of any series
are  delivered  to  Securityholders  of such series  (each such date, a "Closing
Date").  Each  Forward  Purchase  Agreement,  if  any,  will  require  that  any
Receivables so transferred to a Trust conform to the  requirements  specified in

                                       22
<PAGE>

such  Forward  Purchase  Agreement.  If a Forward  Purchase  Agreement  is to be
utilized,  and unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,
the related Trustee will be required to deposit in a Pre-Funding  Account all or
a portion the proceeds  received by the Trustee in  connection  with the sale of
one or  more  classes  of  Securities  of the  related  series;  the  Additional
Receivables  will be  transferred  to the related  Trust in  exchange  for money
released to the Depositor  from the related  Pre-Funding  Account.  Each Forward
Purchase  Agreement will set a specified  period during which any such transfers
may occur.  The Forward  Purchase  Agreement or the related Trust Agreement will
require that, if all moneys originally deposited to such Pre-Funding Account are
not so used by the end of such specified period,  then any remaining moneys will
be  applied  as a  mandatory  prepayment  of the  related  class or  classes  of
Securities, as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Unless otherwise
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the specified  period for the
acquisition  by a Trust of Additional  Receivables  will not exceed three months
form the date such Trust is established.


                                  POOL FACTORS

     The  "Pool  Factor"  for each  Class of  Securities  will be a  seven-digit
decimal, which the Servicer will compute prior to each distribution with respect
to such Class of  Securities,  indicating  the remaining  outstanding  principal
balance of such Class of  Securities  as of the  applicable  Payment  Date, as a
fraction  of  the  initial  outstanding  principal  balance  of  such  Class  of
Securities.  Each Pool Factor will be initially  1.0000000,  and thereafter will
decline  to  reflect  reductions  in the  outstanding  principal  balance of the
applicable  Class of  Securities.  A  Securityholder's  portion of the aggregate
outstanding  principal balance of the related Class of Securities is the product
of (i) the original aggregate purchase price of such Securityholder's Securities
and (ii) the applicable Pool Factor.

     As more specifically  described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement with
respect to each series of Securities, the related Securityholders of record will
receive reports on or about each Payment Date  concerning the payments  received
on the  Receivables,  the Pool  Balance  (as such term is defined in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  the "Pool Balance"),  each Pool Factor and various other
items of information. In addition, Securityholders of record during any calendar
year will be furnished information for tax reporting purposes not later than the
latest date permitted by law.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The  proceeds  from the sale of the  Securities  of a given  series will be
applied by the Depositor to the acquisition of the related  Receivables from the
related Originator.  The Depositor expects that it will make additional sales of
securities  similar  to the  Securities  from time to time,  but the  timing and
amount  of any such  additional  offering  will be  dependent  upon a number  of
factors, including the volume of Contracts acquired by the Depositor, prevailing
interest rates, availability of funds and general market conditions.


                                  THE DEPOSITOR

     Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation,  formerly known as P-B
Secured Financing  Corporation (the "Depositor"),  was incorporated in the State
of  Delaware  on August 26,  1988 as a  wholly-owned,  limited  purpose  finance
subsidiary  of  Prudential   Securities  Group  Inc.  (a  wholly-owned  indirect
subsidiary of The  Prudential  Insurance  Company of America).  The  Depositor's
principal  executive offices are located at 130 John Street,  New York, New York
10038. Its telephone number is (212) 214-7435.

     As described herein under "The Trust Funds," the only obligations,  if any,
of the  Depositor  with  respect to a Series of  Securities  may be  pursuant to
certain  limited  representations  and  warranties and limited  undertakings  to
repurchase  or  substitute  Receivables  under  certain  circumstances.   Unless
otherwise specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement,  the Depositor will
have no  servicing  obligations  or  responsibilities  with respect to any Trust

                                       23
<PAGE>

Fund. The Depositor does not have, nor is it expected in the future to have, any
significant assets.

     As specified in the related Prospectus Supplement the Servicer with respect
to any Series of Securities may be an affiliate of the  Depositor.  As described
under "The Trust Fund," the Depositor may acquire Receivables through or from an
affiliate.

     Neither the Depositor nor Prudential  Securities  Group Inc. nor any of its
affiliates,  including The Prudential Insurance Company of America,  will insure
or guarantee the Certificates of any Series.


                                   THE TRUSTEE

     The Trustee for each series of Securities  will be specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  The Trustee's liability in connection with the issuance
and sale of the related Securities is limited solely to the express  obligations
of such Trustee set forth in the related Trust Agreement.

     With respect to each series of Securities, no resignation or removal of the
Trustee and no appointment of a successor  Trustee shall become  effective until
the acceptance of appointment by the successor  Trustee.  The Trustee may resign
for cause at any time by giving  written  notice thereof to the Depositor and by
mailing  notice of  resignation by first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  to the
Securityholders  of such series at their  addresses  appearing  on the  Security
Register.  The  Trustee  may be  removed  at any time by  written  notice of the
holders of Securities evidencing more than 50% of the voting rights with respect
to such series, delivered to the Trustee and the Depositor,  unless an alternate
method is described in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  If the Trustee shall
resign,  be removed,  or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur
in the office of Trustee for any cause,  the Depositor shall promptly  appoint a
successor  Trustee.  If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the
Depositor or the Securityholders, or if no successor Trustee shall have accepted
appointment  within 30 days after any such resignation or removal,  existence of
incapability,  or occurrence of such vacancy,  the Trustee or any Securityholder
may  petition  any court of  competent  jurisdiction  for the  appointment  of a
successor Trustee.


                          DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

General

     The Securities will be issued in series.  Each series of Securities (or, in
certain instances,  two or more series of Securities) will be issued pursuant to
a Trust Agreement.  The following summaries (together with additional  summaries
under "The Trust  Agreement"  below)  describe all material terms and provisions
relating to the Securities common to each Trust Agreement.  The summaries do not
purport to be complete and are subject to, and are  qualified in their  entirety
by reference to, all of the  provisions  of the Trust  Agreement for the related
Securities and the related Prospectus Supplement.

     All of the Securities  offered  pursuant to this Prospectus and the related
Prospectus Supplement will be rated in one of the four highest rating categories
by one or more Rating Agencies.

     The  Securities  will  generally  be styled as debt  instruments,  having a
principal  balance and a specified  Interest  Rate.  The  Securities  may either
represent  beneficial ownership interests in the related Receivables held by the
related Trust or debt secured by certain assets of the related Issuer.

     Each series or Class of Securities  offered pursuant to this Prospectus may
have a different  Interest  Rate,  which may be a fixed or  adjustable  interest
rate. The related Prospectus  Supplement will specify the Interest Rate for each
series or Class of Securities  described  therein,  or the initial interest rate
and the method for determining subsequent changes to the Interest Rate.


                                       24
                                                          

<PAGE>

     A series may include one or more Classes of Strip  Securities  entitled (i)
to  principal  distributions,  with  disproportionate,  nominal  or no  interest
distributions, or (ii) to interest distributions, with disproportionate, nominal
or no principal  distributions.  In addition, a series of Securities may include
two or more Classes of Securities  that differ as to timing,  sequential  order,
priority of payment,  Interest  Rate or amount of  distribution  of principal or
interest or both, or as to which  distributions of principal or interest or both
on any Class may be made upon the occurrence of specified  events, in accordance
with a schedule  or  formula,  or on the basis of  collections  from  designated
portions of the related pool of Receivables.  Any such series may include one or
more Classes of Accrual  Securities,  as to which certain accrued  interest will
not be distributed but rather will be added to the principal balance (or nominal
balance,  in the case of Accrual  Securities  which are also  Strip  Securities)
thereof on each Payment Date, as hereinafter defined, or in the manner described
in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     If so provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  a series may include
one or more other  Classes of Senior  Securities  that are senior to one or more
other Classes of Subordinate  Securities in respect of certain  distributions of
principal and interest and allocations of losses on Receivables.

     In addition,  certain Classes of Senior (or Subordinate)  Securities may be
senior to other Classes of Senior (or Subordinate) Securities in respect of such
distributions or losses.

General Payment Terms of Securities

     As provided in the related Trust  Agreement and as described in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  Securityholders will be entitled to receive payments on
their Securities on the specified  Payment Dates.  Payment Dates with respect to
the Securities will occur monthly, quarterly or semi--annually,  as described in
the related Prospectus Supplement.

     The related  Prospectus  Supplement will describe the Record Date preceding
such  Payment  Date,  as of which the  Trustee or its paying  agent will fix the
identity of the  Securityholders  for the purpose of  receiving  payments on the
next succeeding  Payment Date. As more fully described in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  the Payment Date may be the fifteenth or  twenty-fifth  day of each
month  (or,  in  the  case  of  quarterly-pay   Securities,   the  fifteenth  or
twenty-fifth  day of  every  third  month;  and in the case of  semi-annual  pay
Securities,  the  fifteenth  or  twenty-fifth  day of every sixth month) and the
Record  Date will be the close of  business  as of the last day of the  calendar
month that precedes the calendar month in which such Payment Date occurs.

     Each Trust  Agreement  will  describe a Remittance  Period  preceding  each
Payment Date (for example, in the case of monthly-pay  Securities,  the calendar
month  preceding  the  month in which a  Payment  Date  occurs).  As more  fully
provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  collections received on or with
respect to the related  Receivables  held by a Trust during a Remittance  Period
will be required to be remitted by the related  Servicer to the related  Trustee
prior  to the  related  Payment  Date  and  will be used  to  fund  payments  to
Securityholders  on  such  Payment  Date.  As may be  described  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the related  Trust  Agreement may provide that all or a
portion of the payments collected on or with respect to the related  Receivables
may  be  applied  by  the  related  Trustee  to the  acquisition  of  additional
Receivables  during a specified  period (rather than be used to fund payments of
principal  to  Securityholders  during  such  period)  with the result  that the
related Securities will possess an interest-only  period, also commonly referred
to as a revolving period,  which will be followed by an amortization period. Any
such  interest  only or revolving  period may,  upon the  occurrence  of certain
events to be described in the related Prospectus Supplement,  terminate prior to
the  end of the  specified  period  and  result  in the  earlier  than  expected
amortization of the related Securities.

     In addition,  and as may be described in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the related Trust  Agreement may provide that all or a portion of such collected
payments  may  be  retained  by the  Trustee  (and  held  in  certain  temporary
investments,  including  Receivables) for a specified period prior to being used
to fund payments of principal to Securityholders.


                                       25
                                                           

<PAGE>

     Such  retention and temporary  investment by the Trustee of such  collected
payments may be required by the related Trust  Agreement for the purposes of (a)
slowing the  amortization  rate of the related  Securities  relative to the rent
payment  schedule of the related  Receivables,  or (b)  attempting  to match the
amortization  rate  of  the  related  Securities  to  an  amortization  schedule
established at the time such Securities are issued.  Any such feature applicable
to any Securities may terminate upon the occurrence of events to be described in
the related Prospectus  Supplement,  resulting in distributions to the specified
Securityholders and an acceleration of the amortization of such Securities.

     Neither the Securities nor the underlying Receivables will be guaranteed or
insured by any  governmental  agency or  instrumentality  or the Depositor,  the
related Servicer, the related Originator, any Trustee or any of their respective
affiliates unless specifically set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     As may be described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  Securities  of
each  series  covered by a  particular  Trust  Agreement  will  either  evidence
specified  beneficial  ownership  interest  in a  separate  Trust  Fund  created
pursuant to such Trust  Agreement or represent debt secured by the related Trust
Fund.  To the extent that any Trust Fund  includes  certificates  of interest or
participations in Receivables,  the related Prospectus  Supplement will describe
the material terms and conditions of such certificates or participations.

Master Trusts

     As may be  described  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each  Trust
Agreement may provide that, pursuant to any one or more supplements thereto, the
Depositor  may direct the related  Trustee to issue from time to time new series
subject to the  conditions  described  below (each such issuance a "Master Trust
New  Issuance").  Each  Master  Trust  New  Issuance  will  have the  effect  of
decreasing  the Equity  Interest in the related  Master  Trust.  Under each such
Master Trust Agreement,  the Depositor may designate,  with respect to any newly
issued series:  (i) its name or designation;  (ii) its initial  principal amount
(or method for calculating such amount); (iii) its Interest Rate (or formula for
the  determination  thereof);  (iv) the Payment Dates and the date or dates from
which  interest  shall  accrue;  (v) the method for  allocating  collections  to
Securityholders of such series; (vi) any bank accounts to be used by such series
and the terms  governing  the  operation  of any such bank  accounts;  (vii) the
percentage used to calculate  monthly  servicing  fees;  (viii) the provider and
terms of any form of Credit Enhancement with respect thereto;  (ix) the terms on
which the  Securities of such series may be  repurchased  or remarketed to other
investors;  (x) the number of Classes of Securities of such series,  and if such
series  consists of more than one Class,  the rights and priorities of each such
Class;  (xi) the extent to which the  Securities of such series will be issuable
in book-entry  form; (xii) the priority of such series with respect to any other
series; and (xiii) any other relevant terms. None of the Depositor,  the related
Servicer,  the  related  Trustee or any Master  Trust is  required or intends to
obtain the consent of any  Securityholder of any outstanding series to issue any
additional series.

     Each Master Trust Agreement provides that the Depositor may designate terms
such that each Master Trust New Issuance  has an  amortization  period which may
have a different  length and begin on a different date than such periods for any
series  previously  issued by the  related  Master  Trust and then  outstanding.
Moreover,  each  Master  Trust  New  Issuance  may have the  benefits  of Credit
Enhancements issued by enhancement providers different from the providers of the
Credit Enhancement,  if any, with respect to any series previously issued by the
related Master Trust and then  outstanding.  Under each Master Trust  Agreement,
the related Trustee shall hold any such Credit Enhancement only on behalf of the
Securityholders  to which such Credit  Enhancement  relates.  The Depositor will
have the option under each Master Trust Agreement to vary among series the terms
upon which a series may be  repurchased  by the  Issuer or  remarketed  to other
investors. As more fully described in a related Prospectus Supplement,  there is
no limit to the number of Master  Trust New  Issuances  that the  Depositor  may
cause under a Master Trust  Agreement.  Each Master Trust will terminate only as
provided in the related Master Trust  Agreement.  There can be no assurance that
the  terms of any  Master  Trust  New  Issuance  might not have an impact on the
timing and amount of payments  received  by  Securityholders  of another  series
issued by the same Master Trust.

                                       26
                                                           

<PAGE>

     Under each Master Trust Agreement and pursuant to a related  supplement,  a
Master  Trust New  Issuance  may only  occur  upon the  satisfaction  of certain
conditions  provided in each such Master Trust Agreement.  The obligation of the
related  Trustee to  authenticate  the  Securities  of any such Master Trust New
Issuance and to execute and deliver the  supplement to the related  Master Trust
Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:  (a) on or
before the fifth  business  day  immediately  preceding  the date upon which the
Master  Trust New  Issuance  is to occur,  the  Depositor  shall  have given the
related  Trustee,  the related  Servicer,  the Rating Agency and certain related
providers of Credit Enhancement, if any, written notice of such Master Trust New
Issuance and the date upon which the Master Trust New Issuance is to occur;  (b)
the Depositor  shall have  delivered to the related  Trustee a supplement to the
related Master Trust Agreement,  in form satisfactory to such Trustee,  executed
by each party to the related Master Trust Agreement other than such Trustee; (c)
the Depositor  shall have  delivered to the related  Trustee any related  Credit
Enhancement agreement;  (d) the related Trustee shall have received confirmation
from the Rating  Agency that such Master Trust New  Issuance  will not result in
any Rating Agency  reducing or withdrawing  its rating with respect to any other
series or Class of such Trust (any such  reduction or  withdrawal is referred to
herein as a "Ratings  Effect");  (e) the Depositor  shall have  delivered to the
related Trustee,  the Rating Agency and certain providers of Credit Enhancement,
if any, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the related Trustee that for federal
income tax  purposes  (i)  following  such Master Trust New Issuance the related
Master  Trust  will not be  deemed  to be an  association  (or  publicly  traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation,  (ii) such Master Trust New Issuance will
not affect the tax  characterization  as debt of Securities  of any  outstanding
series or Class issued by such Master Trust that were  characterized  as debt at
the time of their  issuance and (iii) such Master  Trust New  Issuance  will not
cause or  constitute  an event in which gain or loss would be  recognized by any
Securityholders  or the  related  Master  Trust;  and (f) any  other  conditions
specified in any  supplement.  Upon  satisfaction of the above  conditions,  the
related  Trustee  shall  execute  the  supplement  to the related  Master  Trust
Agreement and issue the Securities of such new series.

Book-Entry Registration

     As may be described in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  Securityholders
of a given series may hold their  Securities  through DTC (in the United States)
or CEDEL or Euroclear (in Europe) if they are  participants of such systems,  or
indirectly through organizations that are participants in such systems.

     Cede, as nominee for DTC,  will hold the global  Securities in respect of a
given series.  CEDEL and Euroclear will hold omnibus  positions on behalf of the
CEDEL Participants (as defined below) and the Euroclear Participants (as defined
below)  (collectively,  the  "Participants"),  respectively,  through customers'
securities  accounts  in  CEDEL's  and  Euroclear's  names on the books of their
respective  depositaries  (collectively,  the "Depositaries") which in turn will
hold such positions in customers' securities accounts in the Depositaries' names
on the books of DTC.

     DTC is a limited  purpose  trust  company  organized  under the laws of the
State  of New  York,  a  member  of the  Federal  Reserve  System,  a  "clearing
corporation"  within  the  meaning of the New York UCC and a  "clearing  agency"
registered  pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold
securities for its  Participants  and to facilitate the clearance and settlement
of securities transactions between Participants through electronic book-entries,
thereby  eliminating  the need for physical  movement of notes or  certificates.
Participants include securities brokers and dealers,  banks, trust companies and
clearing  corporations.  Indirect  access to the DTC system also is available to
others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or
maintain  a  custodial  relationship  with a  Participant,  either  directly  or
indirectly ("Indirect Participants").

     Transfers between DTC Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers  between CEDEL  Participants and Euroclear  Participants will occur in
the  ordinary  way in  accordance  with  their  applicable  rules and  operating
procedures.

     Cross-market  transfers  between  persons  holding  directly or  indirectly
through  DTC,  on the  one  hand,  and  directly  or  indirectly  through  CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearingsystem by its Depositary;  however, such cross-market  transactions will

                                       27
<PAGE>

require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system  by the  counterparty  in such  system in  accordance  with its rules and
procedures and within its established  deadlines  (European  time). The relevant
European  international  clearing  system  will,  if the  transaction  meets its
settlement  requirements,  deliver instructions to its Depositary to take action
to effect final  settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving  securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day funds  settlement  applicable to DTC. CEDEL  Participants and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the Depositaries.

     Because  of  time-zone  differences,  credits  of  securities  in  CEDEL or
Euroclear  as a result  of a  transaction  with a DTC  Participant  will be made
during the subsequent securities settlement  processing,  dated the business day
following the DTC settlement  date, and such credits or any transactions in such
securities settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant CEDEL
Participant  or Euroclear  Participant  on such  business  day. Cash received in
CEDEL or  Euroclear  as a result of sales of  securities  by or  through a CEDEL
Participant  or a Euroclear  Participant to a DTC  Participant  will be received
with value on the DTC  settlement  date but will be  available  in the  relevant
CEDEL or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following settlement
in DTC.

     The Securityholders of a given series that are not Participants or Indirect
Participants but desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or
other  interests  in,   Securities  of  such  series  may  do  so  only  through
Participants and Indirect Participants. In addition,  Securityholders of a given
series will  receive all  distributions  of principal  and interest  through the
Participants who in turn will receive them from DTC. Under a book-entry  format,
Securityholders  of a given series may experience some delay in their receipt of
payments,  since such  payments will be forwarded by the  applicable  Trustee to
Cede,  as nominee for DTC. DTC will forward such  payments to its  Participants,
which   thereafter   will  forward  them  to  Indirect   Participants   or  such
Securityholders.  It is anticipated that the only "Securityholder" in respect of
any series will be Cede,  as nominee of DTC.  Securityholder  of a given  series
will  not  be  recognized   as   Securityholders   of  such  series,   and  such
Securityholders  will be permitted to exercise the rights of  Securityholders of
such series only indirectly through DTC and its Participants.

     Under the rules,  regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC and
its operations (the "Rules"),  DTC is required to make  book-entry  transfers of
Securities  of a given  series among  Participants  on whose behalf it acts with
respect  to  such  Securities  and to  receive  and  transmit  distributions  of
principal  of, and  interest  on, such  Securities.  Participants  and  Indirect
Participants with which the Securityholders of a given series have accounts with
respect to such Securities  similarly are required to make book-entry  transfers
and  receive  and  transmit  such   payments  on  behalf  of  their   respective
Securityholders of such series. Accordingly,  although such Securityholders will
not possess Securities, the Rules provide a mechanism by which Participants will
receive payments and will be able to transfer their interests.

     Because  DTC can only act on  behalf  of  Participants,  who in turn act on
behalf  of  Indirect   Participants   and  certain  banks,   the  ability  of  a
Securityholder  of a given series to pledge Securities of such series to persons
or entities that do not participate in the DTC system,  or to otherwise act with
respect  to such  Securities,  may be  limited  due to the  lack  of a  physical
certificate for such Securities.

     DTC will advise the Trustee in respect of each Series that it will take any
action permitted to be taken by a  Securityholder  of the related series only at
the  direction  of one or more  Participants  to  whose  accounts  with  DTC the
Securities of such series are credited.  DTC may take  conflicting  actions with
respect to other  undivided  interests to the extent that such actions are taken
on behalf of Participants whose holdings include such undivided interests.

     CEDEL is  incorporated  under  the  laws of  Luxembourg  as a  professional
depository.  CEDEL holds securities for its participating  organizations ("CEDEL
Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts  of CEDEL  Participants,  thereby  eliminating  the  need for  physical
movement  of  certificates.  Transactions  may be  settled in CEDEL in any of 28
currencies,  including  United  States  dollars.  CEDEL  provides  to its  CEDEL
Participants,  among other  things,  services for  safekeeping,  administration,
clearance and  settlement of  internationally  traded  securities and securities

                                       28
<PAGE>

lending  and  borrowing.  CEDEL  interfaces  with  domestic  markets  in several
countries. As a professional  depository,  CEDEL is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  CEDEL  Participants  are recognized  financial
institutions around the world,  including  underwriters,  securities brokers and
dealers,  banks,  trust  companies,  clearing  corporations  and  certain  other
organizations.  Indirect  access to CEDEL is also  available to others,  such as
banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust  companies  that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a CEDEL Participant, either directly or indirectly.

     Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold  securities for  participants  of the
Euroclear System ("Euroclear Participants") and to clear and settle transactions
between  Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous   electronic  book-entry
delivery against payment,  thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous  transfers of securities and
cash. Transactions may now be settled in any of 28 currencies,  including United
States dollars. The Euroclear System includes various other services,  including
securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several
countries generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market  transfers with
DTC described  above.  Euroclear is operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of
New York,  Brussels,  Belgium  office,  under contract with Euroclear  Clearance
System,  S.C.,  a  Belgian  cooperative  corporation  (the  "Cooperative").  All
operations are conducted by the "Euroclear Operator" (as defined below), and all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear Operator,  not the Cooperative.  The Cooperative  establishes
policy for the Euroclear System on behalf of Euroclear  Participants.  Euroclear
Participants  include banks (including  central banks),  securities  brokers and
dealers  and other  professional  financial  intermediaries  and may include the
Underwriters. Indirect access to the Euroclear System is also available to other
firms that clear through or maintain a custodial  relationship  with a Euroclear
Participant, either directly or indirectly.

     The  "Euroclear  Operator"  is the  Belgian  branch  of a New York  banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.

     Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by the Terms and  Conditions  Governing  Use of  Euroclear  and the
related Operating  Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law
(collectively,  the "Terms and  Conditions").  The Terms and  Conditions  govern
transfers of  securities  and cash within the  Euroclear  System,  withdrawal of
securities  and cash from the  Euroclear  System,  and receipts of payments with
respect to securities in the Euroclear  System.  All securities in the Euroclear
System are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific certificates
to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the
Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear  Participants and has no record
of relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.

     Except as required by law, the Trustee in respect of a series will not have
any  liability  for any aspect of the records  relating  to or payments  made or
account of  beneficial  ownership  interests of the related  Securities  held by
Cede,  as nominee for DTC, or for  maintaining,  supervising  or  reviewing  any
records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

Definitive Notes

     As may be described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Securities
will be issued in fully registered,  certificated form ("Definitive Securities")
to the  Securityholders of a given series or their nominees,  rather than to DTC
or its nominee, only if (i) the Trustee in respect of the related series advises
in writing  that DTC is no longer  willing  or able to  discharge  properly  its
responsibilities  as depository with respect to such Securities and such Trustee
is unable to locate a qualified  successor,  (ii) such  Trustee,  at its option,
elects  to  terminate  the  book-entry-system  through  DTC or (iii)  after  the
occurrence of an "Event of Default" under the related  Indenture or a default by
the Servicer under the related Trust Agreements, Securityholders representing at
least a majority of the outstanding  principal amount of such Securities  advise

                                       29
<PAGE>

the  applicable  Trustee  through  DTC in  writing  that the  continuation  of a
book-entry  system  through  DTC (or a  successor  thereto) is no longer in such
Securityholders' best interest.

     Upon the  occurrence of any event  described in the  immediately  preceding
paragraph,   the  applicable  Trustee  will  be  required  to  notify  all  such
Securityholders   through   Participants  of  the   availability  of  Definitive
Securities.  Upon surrender by DTC of the definitive  certificates  representing
such Securities and receipt of instructions for re-registration,  the applicable
Trustee  will  reissue  such   Securities  as  Definitive   Securities  to  such
Securityholders.

     Distributions  of  principal  of, and  interest  on, such  Securities  will
thereafter be made by the applicable  Trustee in accordance  with the procedures
set forth in the related  Indenture  or Trust  Agreement  directly to holders of
Definitive  Securities in whose names the Definitive  Securities were registered
at the close of  business  on the  applicable  Record  Date  specified  for such
Securities in the related Prospectus Supplement. Such distributions will be made
by check  mailed to the  address of such  holder as it  appears on the  register
maintained by the  applicable  Trustee.  The final payment on any such Security,
however,  will be made only upon  presentation and surrender of such Security at
the  office or agency  specified  in the  notice  of final  distribution  to the
applicable Securityholders.

     Definitive  Securities in respect of a given series of  Securities  will be
transferable and  exchangeable at the offices of the applicable  Trustee or of a
certificate  registrar named in a notice delivered to holders of such Definitive
Securities.  No service charge will be imposed for any  registration of transfer
or exchange,  but the applicable Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

Reports to Securityholders

     With respect to each series of Securities, on or prior to each Payment Date
for such  series,  the related  Servicer or the related  Trustee will forward or
cause to be  forwarded  to each holder of record of such class of  Securities  a
statement or statements with respect to the related Trust Fund setting forth the
information   specifically  described  in  the  related  Trust  Agreement  which
generally will include the following information:

          (i) the  amount of the  distribution  with  respect  to each  class of
     Securities;

         (ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to principal;

        (iii) the amount of such distribution allocable to interest;

         (iv) the Pool Balance,  if applicable,  as of the close of business on
     the last day of the related Remittance Period;

          (v) the aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance and the Pool Factor
     for each Class of Securities  after giving effect to all payments  reported
     under (ii) above on such Payment Date;

         (vi) the amount  paid to the  Servicer,  if any,  with  respect to the
     related Remittance Period;

        (vii) the amount of the  aggregate  purchase  amounts for  Receivables
     that have been reacquired, if any, for such Remittance Period; and

          (viii) the amount of  coverage  under any letter of credit,  financial
     guaranty  insurance  policy,  reserve  account  or  other  form  of  credit
     enhancement  covering  default  risk as of the  close  of  business  on the
     applicable  Payment  Date  and a  description  of  any  Credit  Enhancement
     substituted therefor.


                                       30
                                                          

<PAGE>

     Each amount set forth pursuant to subclauses (i), (ii),  (iii) and (v) with
respect to the Securities of any series will be expressed as a dollar amount per
$1,000 of the initial principal balance of such Securities, as applicable.

     Within the prescribed  period of time for tax reporting  purposes after the
end  of  each  calendar  year,  the  applicable  Trustee  will  provide  to  the
Securityholders  a statement  containing the amounts described in (ii) and (iii)
above for that  calendar year and any other  information  required by applicable
tax laws, for the purpose of the Securityholders'  preparation of federal income
tax returns.


                       DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST AGREEMENTS

     The  following  summary  describes  certain  terms of each Trust  Agreement
pursuant  to which a Trust Fund will be created and the  related  Securities  in
respect of such Trust Fund will be issued. For purposes of this Prospectus,  the
term "Trust Agreement" as used with respect to a Trust means, collectively,  and
except  as  otherwise  specified,   any  and  all  agreements  relating  to  the
establishment of the related Trust, the servicing of the related Receivables and
the  issuance  of the  related  Securities,  including  without  limitation  the
Indenture,  (i.e.  pursuant to which any Notes  shall be  issued).  Forms of the
Trust  Agreement  have been filed as exhibits to the  Registration  Statement of
which the Prospectus  forms a part. The summary does not purport to be complete.
It is qualified in its  entirety by  reference  to the  provisions  of the Trust
Agreements.

Acquisition of the Receivables Pursuant to a Receivables Acquisition Agreement

     On the  Closing  Date  specified  with  respect  to  any  given  series  of
Securities,  the Depositor will acquire the related Receivables from the related
Originator pursuant to a Receivables  Acquisition Agreement.  The Depositor will
either transfer such Receivables to a Trust pursuant to a Pooling Agreement,  or
will  pledge  the  Depositor's  right,  title  and  interests  in  and  to  such
Receivables to a Trustee on behalf of Securityholders  pursuant to an Indenture.
The rights and  benefits of the  Depositor  under such  Receivables  Acquisition
Agreement  will be  assigned  to the  Trustee  on behalf of  Securityholders  as
collateral  for the  Securities  of the  related  series  issued  by a Trust  or
pursuant to an  Indenture.  The  obligations  of the  Depositor  and the related
Servicer under such Trust  Agreements  include those  specified below and in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

     As more fully described in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Depositor
and/or the related  Originator  will be  obligated  to acquire  from the related
Trust Fund its interest in any Receivable transferred to a Trust or pledged to a
Trustee on behalf of  Securityholders  if the  interest  of the  Securityholders
therein is materially  adversely  affected by a breach of any  representation or
warranty  made by the Depositor or the related  Originator  with respect to such
Receivable, which breach has not been cured following the discovery by or notice
to the Depositor of the breach. To the extent that the Depositor so acquires any
Receivables,   the  related   Originator  will  be  obligated  to  acquire  such
Receivables from the Depositor pursuant to the related  Receivables  Acquisition
Agreement  contemporaneously with the Depositor's acquisition of its interest in
such Receivables from the applicable Trust Fund. The obligation of the Depositor
to acquire any such Receivables with respect to which an Originator has breached
a representation or warranty is subject to such Originator's acquisition of such
Receivables  from the  Depositor.  In  addition,  if so specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Depositor may from time to time  reacquire  certain
Receivables or substitute other  Receivables for such Receivable held by a Trust
Fund subject to specified  conditions  set forth in the related Trust  Agreement
and Receivables Acquisition Agreement.

Accounts

     With respect to each series of  Securities  issued by a Trust,  the related
Servicer will  establish and maintain  with the  applicable  Trustee one or more
accounts, in the name of such Trustee on behalf of the related  Securityholders,
into which all payments made on or with respect to the related  Receivables will
be deposited (the  "Collection  Account").  The Servicer will also establish and
maintain  with such Trustee  separate  accounts,  in the name of such Trustee on

                                       31
<PAGE>

behalf of such  Securityholders,  in which amounts  released from the Collection
Account  and the  reserve  account  or other  Credit  Enhancement,  if any,  for
distribution  to  such   Securityholders   will  be  deposited  and  from  which
distributions to such Securityholders will be made (the "Distribution Account").

     Any other accounts to be established with respect to a Trust, including any
reserve account, will be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     For  any  series  of  Securities,  funds  in the  Collection  Account,  the
Distribution  Account, any reserve account and other accounts identified as such
in the related Prospectus Supplement (collectively,  the "Trust Accounts") shall
be invested as provided in the related Trust Agreement in Eligible  Investments.
"Eligible  Investments" are generally  limited to investments  acceptable to the
Rating Agencies as being consistent with the rating of such Securities.  Subject
to certain conditions, Eligible Investments may include securities issued by the
Depositor,  the related  Originator,  the related  Servicer or their  respective
affiliates or other trusts created by the Depositor or its affiliates. Except as
described below or in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  Eligible  Investments
are limited to obligations or securities that mature not later than the business
day immediately preceding the related Payment Date. However,  subject to certain
conditions, funds in the reserve account may be invested in securities that will
not mature  prior to the date of the next  distribution  and will not be sold to
meet any shortfalls. Thus, the amount of cash in any reserve account at any time
may be less than the balance of such reserve account.  If the amount required to
be withdrawn from any reserve account to cover  shortfalls in collections on the
related  Receivables  exceeds  the  amount  of cash in such  reserve  account  a
temporary  shortfall in the amounts  distributed to the related  Securityholders
could result,  which could, in turn, increase the average life of the Securities
of  such  series.  Except  as  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  investment  earnings on funds  deposited  in the  applicable  Trust
Accounts,  net of losses  and  investment  expenses  (collectively,  "Investment
Earnings"),  shall be deposited  in the  applicable  Collection  Account on each
Payment  Date and shall be treated as  collections  of  interest  on the related
Receivables.

     The  Trust  Accounts  will be  maintained  as  Eligible  Deposit  Accounts.
"Eligible  Deposit  Account"  means  either  (a) a  segregated  account  with an
Eligible  Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust
department of a depository  institution  organized  under the laws of the United
States of America or any one of the states  thereof or the  District of Columbia
(or any domestic  branch of a foreign bank),  having  corporate trust powers and
acting as trustee for funds  deposited  in such  account,  so long as any of the
securities of such  depository  institution has a credit rating from each Rating
Agency in one of its generic rating categories which signifies investment grade.
"Eligible  Institution"  means, with respect to a Trust, (a) the corporate trust
department  of  the  related  Indenture  Trustee  or  the  related  Trustee,  as
applicable,  or (b) a  depository  institution  organized  under the laws of the
United  States of America or any one of the states  thereof or the  District  of
Columbia (or any domestic  branch of a foreign  bank),  which (i) (A) has either
(w) a long-term unsecured debt rating acceptable to the Rating Agencies or (x) a
short-term  unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit rating acceptable to
the  Rating  Agencies  or (B) the parent  corporation  of which has either (y) a
long-term  unsecured  debt  rating  acceptable  to the Rating  Agencies or (z) a
short-term  unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit rating acceptable to
the Rating Agencies and (ii) whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.

     To the extent that an Originator's  or a Servicer's  unsecured debt ratings
are acceptable to the Rating  Agencies,  amounts  deposited to any Trust Account
may be commingled with  Originator's or Servicer's  general account moneys.  Any
rights to so  commingle  moneys  will be  described  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.

The Servicer

     The  Servicer  under  each  Trust  Agreement  will be named in the  related
Prospectus Supplement. The entity serving as Servicer may be an affiliate of the
Depositor and may have other  business  relationships  with the Depositor or the
Depositor's  affiliates.  The Servicer  with respect to each Series will service
the  Receivables  contained in the Trust Fund for such Series.  Any Servicer may

                                       32
<PAGE>

delegate its servicing  responsibilities to one or more sub-servicers,  but will
not be relieved of its liabilities with respect thereto.

     Each Servicer will make certain  representations  and warranties  regarding
its authority to enter into, and its ability to perform its  obligations  under,
the related  Trust  Agreement.  An uncured  breach of such a  representation  or
warranty that in any respect  materially and adversely  affects the interests of
the  Securityholders  will constitute a Servicer  Default by such Servicer under
the related Trust Agreement.

Servicing Procedures

     Each Trust  Agreement  will  provide  that the related  Servicer  will make
reasonable  efforts to collect all payments due with respect to the  Receivables
held in the  related  Trust Fund and,  in a manner  consistent  with the related
Trust  Agreement,  will  continue  such  collection  procedures as such Servicer
follows with respect to the particular type of Receivable in the particular pool
it services for itself and others.  Consistent with its normal  procedures,  the
Servicer may, in its discretion and on a  case-by-case  basis,  arrange with the
Obligor on a Receivable to extend or modify the payment  schedule.  Some of such
arrangements  (including,  without  limitation  any  extension  of  the  payment
schedule beyond the final scheduled Payment Date for the related  Securities may
result in the Servicer  acquiring  such  Receivable if such  Contract  becomes a
Defaulted Contract.  The Servicer may sell the Equipment securing the respective
Defaulted  Contract,  if any,  at a public or  private  sale,  or take any other
action   permitted  by  applicable  law.  See  "Certain  Legal  Aspects  of  the
Receivables".

     The material aspects of any particular  Servicer's  collections  procedures
will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Payments on Receivables

     With  respect to each  series of  Securities,  the  related  Servicer  will
deposit all payments on the related  Receivables  (from whatever source) and all
proceeds of such  Receivables  collected within two (2) business days of receipt
thereof  in the  related  collection  facility,  such as a  lock-box  account or
collection  account.  Moneys  deposited in such collection  facility for a Trust
Fund may be  commingled  with funds  from other  sources.  As  specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement,  the related Servicer will be required to deposit
payments on the related Receivables (from whatever source) collected during each
collection  period  (each,  a "Collection  Period") into the related  Collection
Account  on a  specified  day each  month.  Pending  deposit  into  the  related
Collection  Account,  collections in such collection facility may be invested by
the related  Servicer at its own risk and for its own  benefit,  and will not be
segregated from funds of the related Servicer.

Servicing Compensation

     As may be described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  with respect to
any  series  of  securities  issued by a Trust,  the  related  Servicer  will be
entitled to receive a servicing fee for each  Collection  Period (the "Servicing
Fee") in an amount  equal to a specified  percentage  per annum (as set forth in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the "Servicing Fee Rate") of the value of the
assets held in the related  Trust  Fund,  generally  as of the first day of such
Collection  Period.  Each  Prospectus  Supplement  and Servicing  Agreement will
specify  the  priority  of  distributions  with  respect  to the  Servicing  Fee
(together  with any portion of the Servicing Fee that remains  unpaid from prior
Payment Dates),  such Servicing Fee may be paid prior to any distribution to the
related Securityholders.

     Each  Servicer  will also  collect  and retain any late fees,  the  penalty
portion of interest  paid on past due amounts and other  administrative  fees or
similar charges allowed by applicable law with respect to the  Receivables,  and
will be  entitled  to  reimbursement  from each Trust for  certain  liabilities.
Payments by or on behalf of Obligors will be allocated to scheduled payments and
late fees and other charges in accordance with such Servicer's  normal practices
and procedures.


                                       33
                                                           

<PAGE>

     The Servicing Fee will  compensate the related  Servicer for performing the
functions of a third party  servicer of similar types of receivables as an agent
for their  beneficial  owner,  including  collecting  and posting all  payments,
responding  to inquiries of Obligors on the related  Receivables,  investigating
delinquencies, sending payment coupons to Obligors, reporting tax information to
Obligors,  paying costs of collection and disposition of defaults,  and policing
the collateral.  The Servicing Fee also will compensate the related Servicer for
administering the related Receivables, accounting for collections and furnishing
statements to the applicable Trustee and the applicable  Indenture  Trustee,  if
any, with respect to  distributions.  The Servicing Fee also will  reimburse the
related Servicer for certain taxes,  accounting fees, outside auditor fees, data
processing costs and other costs incurred in connection with  administering  the
Receivables.

Distributions

     With  respect to each series of  Securities,  beginning on the Payment Date
specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  distributions of principal and
interest (or, where applicable,  of principal or interest only) on each Class of
such  Securities  entitled  thereto  will be made  by the  applicable  Indenture
Trustee   to   the   Noteholders   and  by  the   applicable   Trustee   to  the
Certificateholders of such series. The timing, calculation,  allocation,  order,
source,  priorities of and  requirements  for each class of Noteholders  and all
distributions  to each class of  Certificateholders  of such  series will be set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     With respect to each series of Securities, on each Payment Date collections
on the related  Receivables will be transferred  from the Collection  Account to
the Distribution Account for distribution to Securityholders,  respectively,  to
the extent provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Credit  Enhancement,
such as a reserve  account,  may be  available  to cover any  shortfalls  in the
amount  available for  distribution on such date, to the extent specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement. As more fully described in the related Prospectus
Supplement, and unless otherwise specified therein,  distributions in respect of
principal  of a Class of  Securities  of a given series will be  subordinate  to
distributions in respect of interest on such Class, and distributions in respect
of the  Certificates of such series may be subordinate to payments in respect of
the Notes of such series.

Credit and Cash Flow Enhancements

     The amounts and types of Credit Enhancement  arrangements,  if any, and the
provider thereof,  if applicable,  with respect to each class of Securities of a
given series will be set forth in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  If and to
the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, credit enhancement may
be in the form of a Policy,  subordination of one or more Classes of Securities,
reserve accounts, overcollateralization,  letters of credit, credit or liquidity
facilities, third party payments or other support, surety bonds, guaranteed cash
deposits  or  such  other  arrangements  as may  be  described  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement or any  combination of two or more of the  foregoing.  If
specified in the applicable  Prospectus  Supplement,  Credit  Enhancement  for a
Class of  Securities  may cover one or more other  Classes of  Securities of the
same series,  and Credit Enhancement for a series of Securities may cover one or
more other series of Securities.

     The presence of Credit  Enhancement  for the benefit of any Class or series
of  Securities  is  intended  to  enhance  the  likelihood  of  receipt  by  the
Securityholders  or such  Class or series of the full  amount of  principal  and
interest due thereon and to decrease the  likelihood  that such  Securityholders
will experience losses. As more specifically  provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  the credit enhancement for a Class or series of Securities will not
provide protection against all risks of loss and will not guarantee repayment of
the entire principal balance and interest thereon.  If losses occur which exceed
the amount  covered by any Credit  Enhancement  or which are not  covered by any
Credit  Enhancement,  Securityholders  of any  Class or series  will bear  their
allocable  share  of  deficiencies,  as  described  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  In addition,  if a form of Credit  Enhancement covers more than one
series of Securities,  Securityholders of any such series will be subject to the
risk  that  such  Credit   Enhancement  will  be  exhausted  by  the  claims  of
Securityholders of other series.


                                       34
                                                          

<PAGE>

Statements to Indenture Trustees and Trustees

     Prior to each Payment Date with respect to each series of  Securities,  the
related  Servicer will provide to the  applicable  Indenture  Trustee and/or the
applicable  Trustee and Credit  Enhancer as of the close of business on the last
day of the  preceding  related  Collection  Period  a  statement  setting  forth
substantially the same information as is required to be provided in the periodic
reports provided to  Securityholders of such series described under "Description
of the Securities--Reports to Securityholders".

Evidence as to Compliance

     Each  Trust  Agreement  will  provide  that a firm  of  independent  public
accountants  will furnish to the related Trust and/or the  applicable  Indenture
Trustee and Credit  Enhancer,  annually,  a statement  as to  compliance  by the
related  Servicer  during the  preceding  twelve  months (or, in the case of the
first  such  certificate,  the period  from the  applicable  Closing  Date) with
certain standards relating to the servicing of the Receivables.

     Each Trust  Agreement  will also provide for delivery to the related  Trust
and/or the applicable Indenture Trustee of a certificate signed by an officer of
the  related  Servicer  stating  that such  Servicer  either has  fulfilled  its
obligations under such Trust Agreement in all material  respects  throughout the
preceding 12 months (or, in the case of the first such  certificate,  the period
from the  applicable  Closing  Date)  or,  if there  has been a  default  in the
fulfillment of any such obligation in any material respect, describing each such
default.  Each Servicer also will agree to give each Indenture  Trustee and each
Trustee  notice of certain  "Servicer  Defaults"  (as defined  below)  under the
related Trust Agreement.

     Copies  of  such   statements   and   certificates   may  be   obtained  by
Securityholders  by a request in writing  addressed to the applicable  Indenture
Trustee or the applicable Trustee.

Certain Matters Regarding the Servicers

     Each Trust Agreement will provide that the related  Servicer may not resign
from  its   obligations   and  duties  as  Servicer   thereunder,   except  upon
determination  that the performance by such Servicer of such duties is no longer
permissible  under  applicable law. No such  resignation  will become  effective
until the related  Trustee or a successor  servicer has assumed such  Servicer's
servicing obligations and duties under the Trust Agreement.

     Except as otherwise  provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each
Trust Agreement will further  provide that neither the related  Servicer nor any
of its respective directors,  officers,  employees, or agents shall be under any
liability to the related  Issuer or the related  Securityholders  for taking any
action  or for  refraining  from  taking  any  action  pursuant  to  such  Trust
Agreement,  or for errors in  judgment;  provided,  however,  that  neither such
Servicer nor any such person will be protected  against any liability that would
otherwise  be  imposed  by reason  of  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross
negligence in the  performance  of duties or by reason of reckless  disregard of
obligations  and duties  thereunder.  In  addition,  such Trust  Agreement  will
provide  that the  related  Servicer  is  under  no  obligation  to  appear  in,
prosecute,  or defend any legal action that is not  incidental  to its servicing
responsibilities  under such Trust Agreement and that, in its opinion, may cause
it to incur any expense or liability.

     Under the circumstances  specified in any such Trust Agreement,  any entity
into which the related  Servicer  may be merged or  consolidated,  or any entity
resulting from any merger or consolidation to which such Servicer is a party, or
any entity  succeeding  to the  business of the Servicer or, with respect to its
obligations  as  Servicer,  which  corporation  or other  entity  in each of the
foregoing cases assumes the obligations of such Servicer,  will be the successor
to such Servicer under such Trust Agreement.


                                       35
                                                           

<PAGE>

Servicer Default

     Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  the  related  Prospectus   Supplement,
"Servicer  Default" under a Trust  Agreement will include (i) any failure by the
related Servicer to deliver to the applicable  Trustee for deposit in any of the
related  Trust  Accounts any required  payment or to direct such Trustee to make
any required  distributions  therefrom,  which failure continues  unremedied for
greater than three (3) Business Days after  written  notice from such Trustee is
received by such Servicer or after discovery by such Servicer;  (ii) any failure
by such Servicer or the related Originator,  as the case may be, duly to observe
or perform in any material respect any other covenant or agreement in such Trust
Agreement,  which failure  materially  and  adversely  affects the rights of the
related  Securityholders and which continues  unremedied for greater than ninety
(90)  days  after the  giving of  written  notice  of such  failure  (1) to such
Servicer  or the  related  Originator,  as the  case may be,  by the  applicable
Trustee or (2) to the  Servicer or the related  Originator,  as the case may be,
and  to  the  applicable  Trustee  by  holders  of the  related  Securities,  as
applicable,  evidencing  not  less  than  25%  of  the  voting  rights  of  such
outstanding  Securities;  and (iii) any Insolvency Event. An "Insolvency  Event"
shall mean financial insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and
liabilities,  or similar proceedings with respect to the Servicer or the related
Originator  and  certain  actions  by the  Servicer  or the  related  Originator
indicating its insolvency, reorganization pursuant to bankruptcy proceedings, or
inability to pay its obligations.

Rights upon Servicer Default

     As more fully described in the related Prospectus Supplement,  as long as a
Servicer  Default under a Trust  Agreement  remains  unremedied,  the applicable
Trustee,  Credit  Enhancer  or  holders  of  Securities  of the  related  series
evidencing  not less than 25% of the  voting  rights  of such  then  outstanding
Securities may terminate all the rights and obligations of the Servicer, if any,
under such Trust  Agreement,  whereupon a successor  servicer  appointed by such
Trustee or such  Trustee will  succeed to all the  responsibilities,  duties and
liabilities of the Servicer  under such Trust  Agreement and will be entitled to
similar compensation arrangements.  If, however, a bankruptcy trustee or similar
official has been appointed for the Servicer, and no Servicer Default other than
such appointment has occurred,  such bankruptcy trustee or official may have the
power to prevent the applicable Trustee or such Securityholders from effecting a
transfer of  servicing.  In the event that the Trustee is unwilling or unable to
so act, it may appoint,  or petition a court of competent  jurisdiction  for the
appointment  of, a successor with a net worth of at least  $25,000,000 and whose
regular business  includes the servicing of a similar type of receivables.  Such
Trustee may make such  arrangements  for  compensation  to be paid,  which in no
event may be greater  than the  servicing  compensation  payable to the Servicer
under the related Trust Agreement.

Waiver of Past Defaults

     With respect to each Trust Fund,  unless otherwise  provided in the related
Prospectus  Supplement and subject to the approval of any Credit  Enhancer,  the
holders of Notes  evidencing  at least a majority  of the voting  rights of such
then outstanding Securities may, on behalf of all Securityholders of the related
Securities,  waive any default by the Servicer, or by the related Originator, in
the  performance of its  obligations  under the related Trust  Agreement and its
consequences,  except a default in making any  required  deposits to or payments
from any of the Trust Accounts in accordance with such Trust Agreement.  No such
waiver  shall  impair the  Securityholders'  rights with  respect to  subsequent
defaults.

Amendment

     As more fully described in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  each of the
Trust Agreements may be amended by the parties  thereto,  without the consent of
the  related  Securityholders,  for the purpose of adding any  provisions  to or
changing  in any  manner or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of such  Trust
Agreements  or of  modifying  in any manner the rights of such  Securityholders;
provided  that such action will not, in the opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to
the applicable  Trustee,  materially  and adversely  affect the interests of any
such  Securityholder and subject to the approval of any Credit Enhancer.  As may
be describe in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Trust Agreements may also
be amended by the Depositor,  the Servicer,  and the applicable Trustee with the

                                       36
<PAGE>

consent  of the  holders of  Securities  evidencing  at least a majority  of the
voting rights of such then outstanding  Securities for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating  any of the provisions of
such  Trust  Agreements  or of  modifying  in any  manner  the  rights  of  such
Securityholders;  provided,  however, that no such amendment may (i) increase or
reduce in any  manner  the  amount  of, or  accelerate  or delay the  timing of,
collections  of payments on the related  Receivables or  distributions  that are
required to be made for the benefit of such  Securityholders  or (ii) reduce the
aforesaid  percentage  of the  Securities  of such series  which are required to
consent to any such  amendment,  without the consent of the  Securityholders  of
such series.

Insolvency Event

     As described in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  if an Insolvency Event
occurs with  respect to a Debtor  relating  to the  applicable  Trust Fund,  the
related Trust will terminate, and the Receivables held in the related Trust Fund
will be liquidated and each such Trust will be terminated 90 days after the date
of such  Insolvency  Event,  unless,  before the end of such 90-day period,  the
Trustee of such Trust shall have received written  instructions from each of the
related Securityholders (other than the Depositor) and/or Credit Enhancer to the
effect  that such party  disapproves  of the  liquidation  of such  Receivables.
Promptly after the occurrence of any Insolvency  Event with respect to a Debtor,
notice  thereof is required to be given to such  Securityholders  and/or  Credit
Enhancer;  provided, however, that any failure to give such required notice will
not prevent or delay  termination of any Trust.  Upon  termination of any Trust,
the  applicable  Trustee  shall direct that the assets of such Trust be promptly
sold (other than the related Trust Accounts) in a commercially reasonable manner
and  on  commercially  reasonable  terms.  The  proceeds  from  any  such  sale,
disposition or liquidation of such Receivables will be treated as collections on
such  Receivables  and  deposited  in the  related  Collection  Account.  If the
proceeds from the liquidation of such  Receivables and any amounts on deposit in
the  Reserve  Account,  if any,  and the  related  Distribution  Account are not
sufficient  to pay  the  Securities  of  the  related  series  in  full,  and no
additional Credit Enhancement is available,  the amount of principal returned to
Securityholders  will be reduced  and some or all of such  Securityholders  will
incur a loss.

     Each Trust Agreement will provide that the applicable Trustee does not have
the power to commence a voluntary  proceeding in bankruptcy  with respect to any
related  Trust without the unanimous  prior  approval of all  Certificateholders
(including the Depositor,  if applicable) of such Trust and the delivery to such
Trustee by each such  Certificateholder  of a certificate  certifying  that such
Certificateholder reasonably believes that such Trust is insolvent.

Termination

     With respect to each Trust,  the obligations of the related  Servicer,  the
related Originator(s),  the Depositor and the applicable Trustee pursuant to the
related  Trust  Agreement  will  terminate  upon the earlier to occur of (i) the
maturity or other liquidation of the last related Receivable and the disposition
of any amounts received upon  liquidation of any such remaining  Receivables and
(ii) the  payment  to  Securityholders  of the  related  series  of all  amounts
required  to be paid to them  pursuant  to such Trust  Agreement.  As more fully
described  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  in order to avoid  excessive
administrative expense, the related Servicer will be permitted in respect of the
applicable  Trust Fund,  unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement, at its option to purchase from such Trust Fund, as of the end of any
Collection  Period  immediately  preceding  a Payment  Date,  if the  Discounted
Contract  Balance of the related  Contracts is less than a specified  percentage
(set forth in the related Prospectus  Supplement) of the initial Pool Balance in
respect of such Trust Fund, all such  remaining  Receivables at a price equal to
the aggregate of the Purchase  Amounts  thereof as of the end of such Collection
Period. The related Securities will be redeemed following such purchase.

     If and to the extent  provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  with
respect to a Trust Fund, the applicable  Trustee will, within ten days following
a  Payment  Date as of which  the  Pool  Balance  is  equal to or less  than the
percentage  of the initial  Pool  Balance  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  solicit bids for the purchase of the Receivables  remaining in such
Trust,  in the manner and subject to the terms and  conditions set forth in such

                                       37
<PAGE>

Prospectus  Supplement.  If such Trustee receives satisfactory bids as described
in such Prospectus Supplement, then the Receivables remaining in such Trust Fund
will be sold to the highest bidder.

     As  more  fully  described  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,   any
outstanding  Notes of the  related  series will be  redeemed  concurrently  with
either of the events  specified  above and the  subsequent  distribution  to the
related  Certificateholders  of all amounts  required to be  distributed to them
pursuant to the  applicable  Trust  Agreement  may effect the  prepayment of the
Certificates of such series.


                    CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES

General

     The transfer of the Receivables by the related Originators to the Depositor
pursuant to each Receivables  Acquisition Agreement and then by the Depositor to
the Trustee  pursuant to the related  Trust  Agreement,  the  perfection  of the
Trustee's  interests in the Receivables and the enforcement of rights to realize
on the  Contracts  and on the  Vehicles  are  subject to a number of federal and
state  laws,  including  the UCC as in effect in various  states and the vehicle
registration or motor vehicle certificate of title laws, as in effect in various
states.  As specified in each Prospectus  Supplement,  the related Servicer will
take such  action as is  required  to perfect  the rights of the  Trustee in the
Receivables.  If,  through  inadvertence  or  otherwise,  a third  party were to
purchase  (including  the taking of a security  interest  in) a Contract for new
value in the ordinary  course of its business,  without actual  knowledge of the
Trust's  interest,  and take  possession  of a Receivable,  the purchaser  would
acquire an interest in such Receivable superior to the interest of the Trust. As
further  specified  in each  Prospectus  Supplement,  no action will be taken to
perfect the rights of the Trustee in proceeds of the VSI Insurance  Policy or of
any  other  insurance  policies  covering   individual   Vehicles  or  Obligors.
Therefore,  the rights of a third party with an interest in such proceeds  could
prevail  against  the rights of the Trust  prior to the time such  proceeds  are
deposited by the related Servicer into a Trust Account.

The Trustee's Interest in the Leased Vehicles

     Titling Requirements

     In connection with the  establishment  of each Trust,  the related Servicer
and/or  Originator  will be  required  (to the  extent not done  previously)  to
deliver to the  appropriate  motor vehicle  agency office in the related  states
duly completed and executed applications for (a) transfer of the certificates of
title to the related  Leased  Vehicles from the related  Originator  (unless the
Originator itself is a Finance Subsidiary) to either a Finance Subsidiary of the
Originator or to the related  Trust,  (b) release of any prior liens recorded on
such  certificates  of title and (c) in the event that the Leased  Vehicles  are
titled in the name of a Finance Subsidiary and not the Trust, a notation of lien
in favor of the related Trustee on such  certificates of title,  except,  to the
extent  described  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  that the laws of any
particular  state do not require such a lien  notation to be made to perfect the
Trustee's security  interest.  Various liens and interests could be imposed upon
or all part of the related  Trust Fund that,  by  operation  of law,  would take
priority over the Trustee's  interest  thereon,  however  perfected.  Such liens
include tax liens arising against the Originator,  the Finance Subsidiary or the
Issuer,  mechanic's,  repairman's,  garagemen's and motor vehicle accident liens
and certain liens for personal property taxes, in each case arising with respect
to a particular  Leased  Vehicle,  and liens  arising  under  various  state and
federal criminal statutes. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables."

     Perfection of Security Interests in Leased Vehicles

     In the event that the Leased  Vehicles are not re-titled in the name of the
related  Trust,  the related  Trustee will  receive a security  interest in such
Leased Vehicles.


                                       38
                                                           

<PAGE>

     A security  interest in a motor  vehicle  registered  in most states may be
perfected  against  creditors  and  subsequent  purchasers  without  notice  for
valuable consideration only by one or more of the following: depositing with the
related  Department  of Motor  Vehicles  or  analogous  state  office a properly
endorsed certificate of title for the vehicle showing the secured party as legal
owner or lienholder thereon, or filing a sworn notation of lien with the related
Department of Motor  Vehicles or analogous  state office and noting such lien on
the certificate of title, or, if the vehicle has not been previously registered,
filing an application in usual form for an original  registration  together with
an  application  for  registration  of the  secured  party  as  legal  owner  or
lienholder,  as the case may be.  However,  under  the  laws of most  states,  a
transferee of a security  interest in a motor vehicle is not required to reapply
to the related  Department  of Motor  Vehicles or  analogous  state office for a
transfer of registration when the security interest is sold or when the interest
of the  transferee  arises  from the  transfer  of a  security  interest  by the
lienholder to secure payment or performance of an obligation.

     Although  re-registration  of the  vehicle  is not  necessary  to  convey a
perfected  security  interest in the  Vehicles  to the  Trustee,  the  Trustee's
security  interest  could be  defeated  through  fraud,  negligence,  forgery or
administrative  error since it may not be listed as legal owner or lienholder on
the  certificates  of title to the Vehicles.  However,  in the absence of fraud,
negligence,  forgery  or  administrative  error,  the  notation  of the  related
Originator's lien on the certificates of title will be sufficient to protect the
Trust  against the rights of  subsequent  purchasers  of a Vehicle or subsequent
creditors  who  take a  security  interest  in a  Vehicle.  In each  Receivables
Acquisition  Agreement,  the related Originators will represent and warrant, and
in the related Trust Agreement, the Depositor will represent and warrant that it
has, or has taken all action necessary to obtain, a perfected  security interest
in each  Vehicle.  If there are any Vehicles as to which the related  Originator
failed to obtain a first  priority  perfected  security  interest,  its security
interest would be subordinate  to, among others,  subsequent  purchasers of such
Vehicles and holders of first priority  perfected  security  interests  therein.
Such a failure,  however,  would constitute a breach of the related Originator's
representations  and  warranties  under  the  related  Receivables   Acquisition
Agreement and the Depositor's  representations  and warranties under the related
Trust  Agreement.  Accordingly,  pursuant to the related  Trust  Agreement,  the
Depositor  would be required to  repurchase  the  related  Receivables  from the
Trustee and,  pursuant to the related  Receivables  Acquisition  Agreement,  the
related  Originators  would be required to repurchase such  Receivables from the
Depositor, in each case unless the breach were cured.

     Continuity of Perfection

     Under the laws of most  states,  a perfected  security  interest in a motor
vehicle continues for four months after the vehicle is moved to a new state from
the one in which it is  initially  registered  and  thereafter  until  the owner
re-registers such motor vehicle in the new state. A majority of states generally
require  surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a vehicle.  In those
states that require a secured  party to hold  possession of the  certificate  of
title to maintain  perfection of the security interest,  the secured party would
learn of the  reregistration  through  the request  from the  Obligor  under the
related installment sale contract to surrender  possession of the certificate of
title to assist in such  re-registration.  In the case of vehicles registered in
states  providing for the notation of a lien on the certificate of title but not
requiring  possession  by the secured  party (such as Texas),  the secured party
would  receive  notice of  surrender  from the state of  re-registration  if the
security interest is noted on the certificate of title.  Thus, the secured party
would have the opportunity to reperfect its security  interest in the vehicle in
the state of relocation.  However,  these procedural safeguards will not protect
the secured party if, through fraud, forgery or administrative error, the debtor
somehow  procures  a new  certificate  of title  that does not list the  secured
party's  lien.  Additionally,  in  states  that do not  require  surrender  of a
certificate of title for  re-registration  of a vehicle,  re-registration  could
defeat perfection. In each of the Trust Agreements, the related Servicer will be
required  to take  steps to  effect  re-perfection  upon  receipt  of  notice of
re-registration  or information  from the Obligor as to  relocation.  Similarly,
when an Obligor sells a Vehicle,  the related  Servicer will have an opportunity
to require  satisfaction of the related  Receivable  before release of the lien,
either because the related Servicer will be required to surrender  possession of
the  certificate  of title in  connection  with the sale, or because the related
Servicer will receive notice as a result of its lien noted thereon.  Pursuant to
the related Trust Agreement,  the related Servicer will hold the certificates of
title for the related  Vehicles as custodian for the Trustee.  Under the related

                                       39
<PAGE>

Trust  Agreement,  the related  Servicer  will be obligated to take  appropriate
steps,  at its own  expense,  to maintain  perfected  security  interests in the
Vehicles.

     Priority of Certain Liens Arising by Operation of Law

     Under the laws of most states,  certain statutory liens such as mechanics',
repairmen's  and  garagemen's  liens for repairs  performed on a motor  vehicle,
motor vehicle  accident  liens,  towing and storage  liens,  liens arising under
various  state and federal  criminal  statutes  and liens for unpaid  taxes take
priority over even a first priority  perfected security interest in such vehicle
by operation of law. The UCC also grants  priority to certain  federal tax liens
over the lien of a secured party. The laws of most states and federal law permit
the  confiscation  of motor vehicles by governmental  authorities  under certain
circumstances  if used in or acquired with the proceeds of unlawful  activities,
which may result in the loss of a secured party's perfected security interest in
a confiscated vehicle. The related Originators will represent and warrant to the
Depositor in the related  Receivables  Acquisition  Agreement  and the Depositor
will represent and warrant to the Trustee in the related Trust  Agreement  that,
as of the related Closing Date,  each security  interest in a Vehicle shall be a
valid,  subsisting  and  enforceable  first priority  security  interest in such
Vehicle.  However,  liens for repairs or taxes superior to the security interest
of the Trustee in any such Vehicle,  or the confiscation of such Vehicle,  could
arise at any time  during the term of a  Receivable.  No notice will be given to
the  Trustee  or any  Securityholder  in the event  such a lien or  confiscation
arises and any such lien or confiscation  arising after the related Closing Date
would not give rise to the related Originator's  repurchase obligation under the
related  Receivables   Acquisition  Agreement  or  the  Depositor's   repurchase
obligation under the related Trust Agreement.

     The Trustee's Interests in the Contracts

     The Contracts that comprise a portion of the  Receivables  will be "chattel
paper" as defined in the Uniform  Commercial Code.  Pursuant to the UCC for most
purposes,  a  sale  of  chattel  paper  is  treated  in a  manner  similar  to a
transaction  creating a security  interest in chattel paper. The Depositor,  the
related  Servicer  and/or  the  related  Originator(s)  will cause the filing of
appropriate  UCC-1  financing   statements  to  be  made  with  the  appropriate
governmental  authorities.  Under the Trust Agreement, the related Servicer will
be obligated  from time to time to take such actions as are necessary to protect
and perfect the Trust's or the  Trustee's  interests in the  Contracts and their
proceeds,  which will generally consist of filing UCC filing statements by or on
behalf of (i)  __________ as seller and "debtor" in favor of the Issuer as buyer
and "secured  party" to perfect the sale of the Contracts under the UCC and (ii)
by  the  Issuer  as  "debtor"  in  favor  of  the  Trustee  (on  behalf  of  the
Securityholders)  as the  "secured  party",  in each  case with  respect  to the
perfection of a security  interest in the Contracts  and  __________  rights the
transfer of which is  perfected  pursuant to the UCC. In  addition,  the related
Servicer  will cause the original of each Contract to be stamped to indicate the
security  interest  of the  Trustee  therein  in order to give  notice  to third
parties of such  security  interest  and  thereby  to prevent  any sale or other
transfer of an interest in the Contracts to a third party  without  knowledge or
actual notice of the security interest.

     The Trustee's  security  interest in the Contracts  could be subordinate to
the  interest of certain  other  parties who take  possession  of the  Contracts
before the stamping described above has been completed.  Specifically, until the
stamping  process is completed,  the Trustee's  security  interest in a Contract
could be  subordinate  to the rights of a purchaser  of such  Contract who takes
possession  thereof without knowledge or actual notice of the Trustee's security
interest.

     In most states the Trustee's  perfected  security interest in the Contracts
will be unaffected by any change of location of any lessee, since, under the UCC
as in effect in most states,  this  security  interest  will be perfected by the
filing of a UCC-1  financing  statement in the  jurisdiction  in which the chief
executive office of the "debtor" (in this case, the Issuer) is located,  not the
location of any lessee.


                                       40
                                                           

<PAGE>

Repossession

     In the event of default by an  Obligor,  the holder of the  related  retail
installment sale contract has all the remedies of a secured party under the UCC,
except  where  specifically  limited by other state laws.  The UCC remedies of a
secured party include the right to repossession by self-help means,  unless such
means would  constitute a breach of the peace.  Unless a vehicle is  voluntarily
surrendered,  self-help repossession is accomplished simply by taking possession
of the related financed vehicle.  In cases where the Obligor objects or raises a
defense to  repossession,  or if otherwise  required by applicable  state law, a
court order is obtained from the appropriate  state court,  and the vehicle must
then be recovered in  accordance  with that order.  In some  jurisdictions,  the
secured  party is required to notify the debtor of the default and the intent to
repossess the  collateral and give the debtor a time period within which to cure
the default  prior to  repossession.  Generally,  this right of cure may only be
exercised  on a  limited  number of  occasions  during  the term of the  related
contract. Other jurisdictions permit repossession without prior notice if it can
be accomplished without a breach of the peace (although in some states, a course
of conduct in which the  creditor has  accepted  late  payments has been held to
create a right by the Obligor to receive prior notice).

Notice of Sale; Redemption Rights

     The UCC and other state laws require a secured party to provide the Obligor
with reasonable notice of the date, time and place of any public sale and/or the
date after which any private sale of the  collateral  may be held.  In addition,
some  states  also  impose  substantive  timing  requirements  on  the  sale  of
repossessed vehicles in certain  circumstances and/or various substantive timing
and  content  requirements  on such  notices.  In  most  states,  under  certain
circumstances  after a financed  vehicle has been  repossessed,  the Obligor may
redeem the  collateral by paying the delinquent  installments  and other amounts
due. The Obligor has the right to redeem the collateral  prior to actual sale or
entry by the secured party into a contract for sale of the  collateral by paying
the  secured  party the  unpaid  principal  balance of the  obligation,  accrued
interest thereon,  reasonable expenses for repossessing,  holding, and preparing
the  collateral  for  disposition  and  arranging  for its sale,  plus,  in some
jurisdictions,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and legal expenses or in some other
states, by payment of delinquent installments on the unpaid principal balance of
the related obligation.

Deficiency Judgments and Excess Proceeds

     The proceeds of resale of the Vehicles  generally  will be applied first to
the  expenses of resale and  repossession  and then to the  satisfaction  of the
indebtedness.  In  many  instances,  the  remaining  principal  amount  of  such
indebtedness  will exceed such  proceeds.  Under the UCC and laws  applicable in
some  states,  a creditor is entitled to bring an action to obtain a  deficiency
judgment from a debtor for any deficiency on repossession  and resale of a motor
vehicle securing such debtor's loan; however, in some states, a creditor may not
seek a deficiency  judgment from a debtor whose financed  vehicle had an initial
cash sales  price  below some  requisite  dollar  amount.  Some  states,  impose
prohibitions  or  limitations or notice  requirements  on actions for deficiency
judgments.  In  addition  to the notice  requirement  described  above,  the UCC
requires  that  every  aspect of the sale or other  disposition,  including  the
method, manner, time, place and terms, be "commercially reasonable".  Generally,
courts have held that when a sale is not "commercially reasonable",  the secured
party loses its right to a deficiency judgment. In addition, the UCC permits the
debtor or other interested party to recover for any loss caused by noncompliance
with the  provisions  of the UCC.  Also,  prior to a sale,  the UCC  permits the
debtor or other interested  person to obtain an order mandating that the secured
party refrain from  disposing of the  collateral if it is  established  that the
secured  party is not  proceeding in  accordance  with the "default"  provisions
under the UCC.  However,  the deficiency  judgment would be a personal  judgment
against the Obligor for the shortfall,  and a defaulting Obligor can be expected
to  have  very  little  capital  or  sources  of  income   available   following
repossession.  Therefore,  in  many  cases,  it may  not  be  useful  to  seek a
deficiency  judgment or, if one is obtained,  it may be settled at a significant
discount or be uncollectible.


                                       41
                                                           

<PAGE>

     Occasionally,  after  resale of a vehicle and payment of all  expenses  and
indebtedness,  there is a surplus of funds.  In that case,  the UCC requires the
creditor to remit the surplus to any holder of a  subordinate  lien with respect
to the vehicle or if no such lienholder  exists or if there are remaining funds,
the UCC  requires  the  creditor to remit the  surplus to the Obligor  under the
contract.

Consumer Protection Laws

     Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations
impose  substantial  requirements  upon  creditors  and  servicers  involved  in
consumer finance. These laws include the Truth-in--Lending Act, the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing, Act,
the Fair Credit  Reporting  Act,  the Fair Debt  Collection  Practices  Act, the
Magnuson-Moss  Warranty Act, the Federal  Reserve  Board's  Regulations B and Z,
state  adaptations  of the  National  Consumer  Act and of the Uniform  Consumer
Credit Code,  state motor vehicle retail  installment  sale acts,  state "lemon"
laws and other  similar laws. In addition,  the laws of certain  states,  impose
finance charge  ceilings and other  restrictions  on consumer  transactions  and
require  contract  disclosures  in addition to those required under federal law.
These requirements impose specific statutory liabilities upon creditors who fail
to comply with their provisions.  In some cases, this liability could affect the
ability of an assignee such as the Trustee to enforce consumer finance contracts
such as the Receivables.

     The so-called  "Holder-in-Due-Course  Rule" of the Federal Trade Commission
(the "FTC Rule") has the effect of  subjecting  any  assignee of the seller in a
consumer credit  transaction (and certain related creditors and their assignees)
to all claims and  defenses  which the Obligor in the  transaction  could assert
against the seller.  Liability under the FTC Rule is limited to the amounts paid
by the Obligor  under the  contract,  and the holder of the contract may also be
unable to collect any balance remaining due thereunder from the Obligor. The FTC
Rule is generally  duplicated by the Uniform  Consumer Credit Code,  other state
statutes or the common law in certain states. To the extent that the Receivables
will be subject to the  requirements of the FTC Rule, the Trustee,  as holder of
the Receivables, will be subject to any claims or defenses that the purchaser of
the related  Vehicle may assert against the seller of such Vehicle.  Such claims
will be limited to a maximum  liability equal to the amounts paid by the Obligor
under the related Receivable.

     Under most state vehicle dealer licensing laws,  sellers of automobiles and
light duty trucks are  required to be licensed to sell  vehicles at retail sale.
In addition,  with respect to used vehicles, the Federal Trade Commission's Rule
on Sale of Used Vehicles  requires  that all sellers of used  vehicles  prepare,
complete and display a "Buyer's Guide" which explains the warranty  coverage for
such vehicles.  Furthermore,  Federal Odometer Regulations promulgated under the
Motor Vehicle  Information and Cost Savings Act and the motor vehicle title laws
of most  states  require  that all  sellers of used  vehicles  furnish a written
statement signed by the seller  certifying the accuracy of the odometer reading.
If a seller is not  properly  licensed or if either a Buyer's  Guide or Odometer
Disclosure Statement was not provided to the purchaser of a Vehicle, the Obligor
may be able to assert a defense against the seller of the Vehicle. If an Obligor
on a Receivable  were  successful  in asserting  any such claim or defense,  the
related  Servicer  would pursue on behalf of the Trust any  reasonable  remedies
against  the  seller  or  manufacturer  of  the  vehicle,   subject  to  certain
limitations  as to the expense of any such action to be specified in the related
Trust Agreement.

     Any such loss, to the extent not covered by credit support (as specified in
the   Related   Prospectus   Supplement),   could   result   in  losses  to  the
Securityholders.  As  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  if an
Obligor were  successful  in asserting any such claim or defense as described in
this  paragraph  or the two  immediately  preceding  paragraphs,  such  claim or
defense may  constitute  a breach of a  representation  and  warranty  under the
related  Receivables  Acquisition  Agreement and the related Trust Agreement and
may  create  an  obligation  of the  related  Originator  and the  Depositor  to
repurchase such Receivable unless the breach were cured.

     Courts  have  applied  general  equitable  principles  to  secured  parties
pursuing  repossession  or  litigation  involving  deficiency  balances.   These
equitable  principles  may have the effect of  relieving an Obligor from some or
all of the legal consequences of a default.

                                       42
                                                           

<PAGE>

     In several cases,  consumers  have asserted that the self-help  remedies of
secured  parties  under  the UCC  and  related  laws  violate  the  due  process
protections  of the 14th  Amendment to the  Constitution  of the United  States.
Courts have generally either upheld the notice provisions of the UCC and related
laws as reasonable or have found that the creditor's  repossession and resale do
not involve  sufficient  state  action to afford  constitutional  protection  to
consumers.

     As specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the related Originators
and the  Depositor  will  represent  and warrant  under the related  Receivables
Acquisition Agreement and the related Trust Agreement,  respectively,  that each
Receivable  complies  with all  requirements  of law in all  material  respects.
Accordingly,  if an Obligor has a claim against the Trustee for violation of any
law and such claim materially and adversely affects the Trustee's  interest in a
Receivable,  such  violation  would  constitute a breach of  representation  and
warranty  under the related  Receivables  Acquisition  Agreement and the related
Trust  Agreement and would create an obligation of the related  Originators  and
the Depositor to repurchase such Receivable unless the breach were cured.

Other Limitations

     In  addition  to the laws  limiting or  prohibiting  deficiency  judgments,
numerous other  statutory  provisions,  including  federal  bankruptcy  laws and
related state laws,  may  interfere  with or affect the ability of a creditor to
realize upon  collateral  or enforce a deficiency  judgment.  For example,  in a
Chapter 13 proceeding  under the federal  bankruptcy  law, a court may prevent a
creditor from repossessing a motor vehicle,  and, as part of the  rehabilitation
plan,  reduce the amount of the secured  indebtedness to the market value of the
motor vehicle at the time of bankruptcy  (as  determined by the court),  leaving
the party providing  financing as a general unsecured creditor for the remainder
of the indebtedness. A bankruptcy court may also reduce the monthly payments due
under a contract or chance the rate of  interest  and time of  repayment  of the
indebtedness.  Any such  shortfall,  to the extent not covered by credit support
(as  specified  in each  Prospectus  Supplement),  could result in losses to the
Securityholders.


                           CERTAIN TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     The  Prospectus  Supplement for each series of Securities  will  summarize,
subject to the  limitations  stated therein,  federal income tax  considerations
relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of such Securities.


                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     The  Prospectus  Supplement for each series of Securities  will  summarize,
subject  to  the  limitations  discussed  therein,  considerations  under  ERISA
relevant  to the  purchase of such  Securities  by  employee  benefit  plans and
individual retirement accounts.


                             METHODS OF DISTRIBUTION

     The Securities offered hereby and by the related Prospectus Supplement will
be offered in series  through one or more of the methods  described  below.  The
Prospectus  Supplement  prepared  for each  series will  describe  the method of
offering  being  utilized for that series and will state the public  offering or
purchase  price of such series and the net proceeds to the  Depositor  from such
sale.

     The Depositor intends that Securities will be offered through the following
methods from time to time and that  offerings may be made  concurrently  through
more than one of these  methods or that an  offering of a  particular  series of
Securities  may be made through a combination  of two or more of these  methods.
Such methods are as follows:


                                       43
                                                           

<PAGE>

          1. By  negotiated  firm  commitment or best efforts  underwriting  and
     public re-offering by underwriters;

          2. By placements by the Depositor with institutional investors through
     dealers;

          3. By direct placements by the Depositor with institutional investors;
     and

          4. By competitive bid.

     In addition, if specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a series of
Securities  may be offered in whole or in part in exchange  for the  Receivables
(and other assets,  if applicable) that would comprise the Trust Fund in respect
of such Securities.

     If  underwriters  are  used  in a sale  of any  Securities  (other  than in
connection with an  underwriting on a best efforts basis),  such Securities will
be  acquired  by the  underwriters  for their own account and may be resold from
time to time in one or more transactions,  including negotiated transactions, at
fixed public  offering  prices or at varying prices to be determined at the time
of sale or at the time of commitment therefor.  The Securities will be set forth
on the  cover of the  Prospectus  Supplement  relating  to such  series  and the
members of the underwriting  syndicate, if any, will be named in such Prospectus
Supplement.

     In connection  with the sale of the  Securities,  underwriters  may receive
compensation from the Depositor or from purchasers of the Securities in the form
of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters and dealers participating
in the  distribution  of the  Securities  may be  deemed to be  underwriters  in
connection with such  Securities,  and any discounts or commissions  received by
them from the  Depositor  and any profit on the resale of Securities by them may
be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act.
The  Prospectus  Supplement  will  describe  any such  compensation  paid by the
Depositor.

     It is anticipated that the underwriting agreement pertaining to the sale of
any series of Securities will provide that the  obligations of the  underwriters
will be subject to certain conditions  precedent,  that the underwriters will be
obligated to purchase all such  Securities if any are  purchased  (other than in
connection  with an  underwriting  on a best efforts basis) and that, in limited
circumstances,  the Depositor  will indemnify the several  underwriters  and the
underwriters  will indemnify the Depositor  against  certain civil  liabilities,
including  liabilities  under the Securities Act or will  contribute to payments
required to be made in respect thereof.

     The Prospectus  Supplement with respect to any series offered by placements
through dealers will contain  information  regarding the nature of such offering
and any  agreements to be entered into between the  Depositor and  purchasers of
Securities of such series.

     Purchasers of Securities,  including  dealers,  may, depending on the facts
and circumstances of such purchases,  be deemed to be "underwriters"  within the
meaning of the Securities  Act in connection  with reoffers and sales by them of
Securities.  Holders of Securities  should  consult with their legal advisors in
this regard prior to any such reoffer or sale.


                                 LEGAL OPINIONS

     Certain  legal  matters  relating to the issuance of the  Securities of any
series, including certain federal and state income tax consequences with respect
thereto,  will be passed upon by Dewey Ballantine,  New York, New York, or other
counsel specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.



                                       44
                                                           

<PAGE>

                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     A Trust Fund will be formed with respect to each Series of  Securities  and
no Trust  Fund will  engage in any  business  activities  or have any  assets or
obligations  prior to the issuance of the related Series of  Securities,  except
for serial  issuances by a Master  Trust.  The  Depositor's  activities  will be
limited  solely to the  activities  of Trust Funds to be formed with  respect to
each Series of Securities.  Accordingly, no financial statements with respect to
any Trust Fund will be included in this Prospectus or in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.

     A Prospectus Supplement may contain the financial statements of the related
Credit Enhancer, if any.


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     This Prospectus, together with the Prospectus Supplement for each series of
Securities,  contains a summary of the material terms of the applicable exhibits
to the Registration  Statement and the documents referred to herein and therein.
Copies  of such  exhibits  are on  file at the  offices  of the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission in Washington, D.C., and may be obtained at rates prescribed
by the Commission  upon request to the Commission and may be inspected,  without
charge, at the Commission's offices.

                                       45
                                                           

<PAGE>

                                 INDEX OF TERMS


     Set forth below is a list of the defined terms used in this  Prospectus and
the pages on which the definitions of such terms may be found herein.

Accrual Securities.....................................................6
Additional Receivables................................................11
APR     ...............................................................9
Cede    ..............................................................11
CEDEL Participants....................................................28
Certificates........................................................1, 4
Class   ...............................................................1
Closing Date..........................................................22
Collection Account....................................................31
Collection Period.....................................................33
Commission.............................................................2
Contracts...........................................................1, 4
Cooperative...........................................................29
Credit Enhancement....................................................18
Credit Enhancer.......................................................18
Dealers ...............................................................3
Debt Securities.......................................................13
Definitive Securities.................................................29
Depositaries..........................................................27
Depositor..........................................................3, 23
Direct Participants...................................................18
Discounted Contract Balance...........................................11
Distribution Account..................................................31
DTC     ..............................................................11
Eligible Deposit Account..............................................32
Eligible Institution..................................................32
Eligible Investments..................................................31
Equipment..............................................................4
Equity Certificates....................................................8
ERISA   ..............................................................13
Euroclear Operator....................................................29
Euroclear Participants................................................28
Exchange Act.......................................................2, 13
Finance Subsidiary....................................................16
Fixed Income Securities................................................5
Fixed Value Contracts..................................................9
Forward Purchase Agreement............................................22
Grantor Trust Securities..............................................13
Indenture..............................................................4
Indenture Trustee......................................................4
Indirect Participants.............................................18, 27
Insolvency Event......................................................35
Insolvency Laws.......................................................16
Interest Rate.......................................................2, 5
Investment Company Act.................................................7
Investment Earnings...................................................32
Issuer  ............................................................1, 3
Manufacturers..........................................................3
Master Trust...........................................................7
Master Trust Agreement.................................................8

                                       46
                                                          

<PAGE>

Master Trust New Issuance.............................................26
Notes   ............................................................1, 4
Obligor ...............................................................4
Originator..........................................................1, 3
Participants..........................................................27
Partnership Interests.................................................13
Pass-Through Rate......................................................2
Payment Date...........................................................6
Policy  ............................................................1, 4
Pool Balance..........................................................23
Pool Factor...........................................................23
Pooling Agreement......................................................4
Pre-Funding Account...................................................11
Pre-Funding Period....................................................11
Prepayment............................................................18
Prospectus Supplement..................................................1
Ratings Effect....................................................18, 27
Receivables.........................................................1, 4
Receivables Acquisition Agreement.................................19, 22
Record Date............................................................6
Registration Statement.................................................2
Remittance Period......................................................6
Rule of 78s............................................................9
Rule of 78s Contracts..................................................9
Rules   ..............................................................28
Securities.............................................................1
Securities Act.........................................................2
Security Insurer......................................................11
Securityholders........................................................6
Senior Securities......................................................6
Servicer...............................................................1
Servicer Defaults.....................................................34
Servicing Agreement....................................................4
Servicing Fee.........................................................33
Servicing Fee Rate....................................................33
Simple Interest Contracts..............................................9
Strip Securities.......................................................6
Sub-Servicer...........................................................3
Subordinate Securities.................................................6
Terms and Conditions..................................................29
Transferor.............................................................3
Trust   ............................................................1, 3
Trust Accounts........................................................31
Trust Agreement........................................................5
Trust Fund..........................................................1, 4
Trustee ...............................................................5
Vehicles...............................................................1
VSI Insurance Policy..................................................17


                                       47
                                                          
<PAGE>

No  dealer,  salesman  or any  other  person  has  been  authorized  to give any
information  or to make any  representations  not  contained in this  Prospectus
Supplement  and the  Prospectus  and,  if  given or made,  such  information  or
representations  must  not be  relied  upon as  having  been  authorized  by the
Depositor or by the Underwriter.  This Prospectus  Supplement and the Prospectus
do not  constitute an offer to sell, or a  solicitation  of an offer to buy, the
securities  offered  hereby to anyone in any  jurisdiction  in which the  person
making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or to anyone to whom
it is unlawful to make any such offer or  solicitation.  Neither the delivery of
this  Prospectus nor any sale made  hereunder  shall,  under any  circumstances,
create an implication  that  information  herein or therein is correct as of any
time since the date of this Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus.

                                -----------------

                                Table of Contents

                              Prospectus Supplement                        Page
                                                                           ----

Summary of Terms.........................................................   S-4
Risk Factors.............................................................   S-9
The Receivables..........................................................  S-10
Yield Considerations.....................................................  S-15
Use of Proceeds..........................................................  S-15
The Servicer and the Originators.........................................  S-15
Description of the Certificates..........................................  S-19
The Certificate Insurer..................................................  S-21
The Policy...............................................................  S-23
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the                            
  Transfer Agreements....................................................  S-24
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations................................  S-28
ERISA Considerations.....................................................  S-31
Ratings..................................................................  S-33
Underwriting.............................................................  S-33
Legal Matters............................................................  S-33
Glossary.................................................................  S-34
Index of Defined Terms...................................................  S-37
                                                        
                                   Prospectus

Prospectus Supplement....................................................     2
Available Information....................................................     2
Incorporation of Certain Documents                                   
   by Reference..........................................................     2
Reports to Securityholders...............................................     2
Summary of Terms.........................................................     3
Special Considerations...................................................    15
The Trust Funds..........................................................    19
The Issuers..............................................................    20
The Receivables..........................................................    20
Pool Factors.............................................................    23
Use of Proceeds..........................................................    23
The Depositor............................................................    23
The Trustee..............................................................    24
Description of the Securities............................................    24
Description of the Trust Agreements......................................    31
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables.................................    38
Certain Tax Considerations...............................................    43
ERISA Considerations.....................................................    43
Methods of Distribution..................................................    43
Legal Opinions...........................................................    44
Financial Information....................................................    45
Additional Information...................................................    45
Index of Terms...........................................................    46
                                                   
                                -----------------

Until  90 days  after  the  date  of this  Prospectus  Supplement,  all  dealers
effecting transactions in the related Certificates, whether or not participating
in the distribution  thereof, may be required to deliver this Prospectus and the
related Prospectus  Supplement.  This delivery requirement is in addition to the
obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus  Supplement  and  Prospectus  when
acting  as  underwriters  and  with  respect  to  their  unsold   allotments  or
subscriptions.


                            Emergent Auto Receivables
                                  Trust 1996-A





                               $14,496,000 Class A
                    __% Auto Receivables Backed Certificates





                              ---------------------
                                   PRELIMINARY
                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                              ---------------------




                              PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES
                                SECURED FINANCING
                                   CORPORATION




                              EMERGENT GROUP, INC.




                       Prudential Securities Incorporated



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission